WO2020088185A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020088185A1
WO2020088185A1 PCT/CN2019/109234 CN2019109234W WO2020088185A1 WO 2020088185 A1 WO2020088185 A1 WO 2020088185A1 CN 2019109234 W CN2019109234 W CN 2019109234W WO 2020088185 A1 WO2020088185 A1 WO 2020088185A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
codeword
layers
modulation symbol
layer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/109234
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
邵家枫
官磊
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020088185A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020088185A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1806Go-back-N protocols
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • the downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) is used to indicate the physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH), such as indicating the time-frequency domain resources occupied by the PDSCH, the modulation method of the PDSCH, etc., so that the terminal device according to the DCI Determine on which time-frequency resources PDSCH is received.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • network devices are allowed to send multiple DCIs to terminal devices to indicate the same codeword to be sent, and these DCIs respectively indicate different layers to which the modulation symbols of the codewords are mapped.
  • layer the terminal device receives all DCI, can receive the modulation symbols of the codewords on these layers, and further completes the reception of the codewords through demodulation and decoding.
  • the terminal device cannot receive the codeword, resulting in transmission failure.
  • the present application provides a communication method and apparatus to solve the technical problem that when a network device indicates the same codeword through multiple DCIs, the terminal device cannot receive the codeword according to some of the DCI.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method.
  • the terminal device can receive the first information sent by the network device, and the network device sends the first codeword. If the first codeword corresponds to all The modulation symbol is mapped to all layers corresponding to the first codeword, the terminal device determines the information of all layers, and receives the first codeword according to the information of all layers, wherein the first information is used to indicate the first Information of a first number of layers corresponding to a codeword, the first number is less than the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, the first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, the number of all layers It is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the terminal device receives the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, where, All modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number of layers.
  • the terminal device when the network device indicates different layers of the first codeword through multiple DCIs, the terminal device cannot receive the first codeword according to part of the DCI, for example, in the case where part of the DCI is lost, the terminal device The first codeword cannot be received, so the transmission reliability is low.
  • the terminal device may receive the first information according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, or according to the first code Receiving the first codeword of all layers of information corresponding to the word and the first information, where the first information is not information indicating all layers of the first codeword, and therefore, the above solution provided by the embodiments of the present application overcomes the prior art When a network device instructs different layers of the first codeword through multiple DCIs, the terminal device cannot receive the first codeword only according to a part of the DCI, which improves the transmission efficiency of the codeword.
  • the terminal device may also receive the first configuration information, and then determine the information of the entire layer according to the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the information of the entire layer. Or, if the first information also indicates information of all layers, the terminal device may also determine the information of all layers according to the first information, and the first information is also used to indicate information of all layers . Or the terminal device may also receive second configuration information and determine the information of all layers according to the first information and the second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate information of multiple all layers , The first information is also used to indicate information of all layers of the plurality of information of all layers.
  • the terminal device may also receive second information, and then determine the information of all layers according to the first information and the second information, where the second information is used to indicate the first codeword
  • the information of all layers includes the information of the first number of layers and the information of the second number of layers.
  • the terminal device may determine the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, and receive the first information so as to receive the first codeword according to the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword. It can be understood that, here, the terminal device receives the first codeword according to the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword and the first information. In the prior art, the terminal device does not have the steps and methods for determining the information of all layers of the first codeword. Therefore, the above design provides a new solution that enables the terminal device to determine the information of all layers, and solves the problem that the terminal device only receives The problem that the first codeword cannot be accurately received when the first information is reached, so as to improve the transmission reliability of the codeword.
  • the terminal device when receiving the first codeword according to the information of all layers, may determine the index of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the information of all the layers And receive the first codeword according to the index numbers of the layers to which all the modulation symbols are mapped.
  • the above design provides a solution in which the terminal device receives the first codeword according to the information of all layers.
  • This solution enables the terminal device to receive the first codeword based on the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword and the first information, and solves the problem that the terminal device cannot accurately receive the first codeword when only the first information is received. Code word transmission reliability.
  • the terminal device may determine the first correspondence between the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbol in the all modulation symbols belongs and the first correspondence Relationship, determining the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped, the first correspondence is included in each modulation symbol set in the all modulation symbols and the information in the all layers Correspondence of layer index numbers.
  • the terminal device can determine the index number of the layer to which all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in all modulation symbols belong and the first correspondence, which can be used for the terminal.
  • the device receives the first codeword, and in the prior art, the terminal device cannot accurately receive the index information of the layer to which all modulation symbols are mapped when receiving only the first information, so that the first codeword cannot be accurately received. Therefore, the above design can Improve the reliability of codeword transmission.
  • the terminal device when receiving the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers, may determine the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword An index number of a layer to which modulation symbols corresponding to a codeword are respectively mapped, and the terminal device receives the first codeword according to an index number of a layer to which all modulation symbols are respectively mapped.
  • the terminal device may determine the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped respectively according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the index number is available Since the terminal device receives the first codeword, in the prior art, the terminal device maps all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword to all layers, so that the terminal device cannot accurately receive all the modulation symbols when receiving only the first information. The index number of the mapped layer. Therefore, the above design allows all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword to be mapped to the layer indicated by each information, so that the terminal device can still accurately receive some of the multiple information. The first code word is received, so the transmission reliability of the code word can be improved.
  • the terminal device when determining the index number of the layer to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are respectively mapped according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, the terminal device The index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are respectively mapped may be determined according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and a second correspondence.
  • the second correspondence is Correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all the modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all the layers.
  • the terminal device can determine the index number of the layer to which all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set and the second correspondence between the modulation symbols in all the modulation symbols, which can be used for the terminal.
  • the device receives the first codeword, and in the prior art, the terminal device maps all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword to all layers, instead of individually mapping to some layers of all layers, so in the prior art
  • the terminal device does not give a plan to determine the index number, so the above design can still determine the index number of the mapped layer and the mapping order and rules of modulation symbols when the terminal device receives part of the multiple information, thereby
  • the first code word can be received accurately, and the transmission reliability of the code word can be improved.
  • the first information and the second information satisfy a first condition, and the first condition includes at least one of the following conditions: a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process identifier indicated by the first information The same as the HARQ process identifier indicated by the second information; or, the antenna port indicated by the first information is different from the antenna port indicated by the second information; or, the first code indicated by the first information
  • the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the word is different from the information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the second information; or, the new data indication information NDI included in the first information
  • the downlink allocation indication information DAI included in the first information is the same as the DAI included in the second information; or, the codeword indication information included in the first information is
  • the codeword indication information included in the second information is the same; or, the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information partially overlap or completely overlap.
  • the terminal device executes the communication method involved when the first condition is met, otherwise, the terminal device does not perform the communication method, so the above design can avoid the terminal device from having to execute this application when receiving any control information
  • the communication method provided in the embodiment makes the system scheduling inflexible, and applying the implicitly-defined method of this first condition can enable the network device to flexibly perform multiple control information indicating the same codeword or multiple control information indicating different codewords. Scheduling selection, and then the terminal device determines the scheduling mode of the network device at this time when the first condition is not satisfied.
  • the terminal device further receives third configuration information, where the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information satisfy a second condition, and the second condition includes at least one of the following conditions :
  • the third configuration information is used to indicate a first format, the format of the first information and the format of the second information are both the first format; or, the third configuration information is used to indicate the first
  • the wireless network identifier RNTI, the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI; or, the third configuration information is used to indicate the first set of control resources, so The resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first control resource set; or, the third configuration information is used to indicate the first search space, the search where the first information is located The space and the search space where the second information is located are the first search space. Therefore, through the setting of the second condition, another terminal device can execute the communication method involved in the present application when the second condition is satisfied, otherwise, the terminal device does not execute
  • the terminal device executes the communication method involved when the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information satisfy the second condition. Otherwise, the terminal device does not execute the communication method any more.
  • the third configuration information may be Sent by the network device, so that the above design can be flexibly configured by the network device when the terminal device executes the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, so as to avoid that the terminal device needs to execute the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application when receiving any control information
  • the communication method results in inflexible system scheduling, which in turn causes the terminal device to frequently detect such multiple control information and increase power consumption.
  • the network device can flexibly perform scheduling selection of multiple control information indicating the same code word or multiple control information indicating different code words, and then when the terminal device does not satisfy the second condition , The corresponding detection and control information will not be performed to save power.
  • the terminal device executes the communication method provided in this application when it is determined that both the first condition and the second condition are satisfied. Or, after determining that one of the first condition or the second condition is satisfied, the terminal device executes the communication method involved in the present application.
  • the terminal device executes the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application to avoid that the terminal device needs to execute the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application when receiving any control information, resulting in a system
  • the scheduling is not flexible, resulting in a low utilization rate of system resources.
  • the terminal device may also receive fourth configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to indicate that all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to a first number of layers, and the first A number of layers is a part of the total number of layers to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal device to receive the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the receiving method of the terminal device thereby improving the reliability of the code word reception of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also receive fifth configuration information, where the fifth configuration information is used to indicate that all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the all layers, and the all layers are The total number of layers to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to receive the first codeword according to the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, which can realize the flexible configuration of the receiving mode of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be determined according to the current system situation
  • the receiving method can further improve the codeword receiving efficiency of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also send first notification information, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the terminal device is capable of indicating at least two pieces of information of different layers of the same codeword indicated by the information, Receiving the at least two pieces of information.
  • the terminal device can inform the network device that it does not support different layers indicating the same codeword through multiple DCIs through the first notification information, so that the network device can learn the capabilities of the terminal device and decide whether to perform the communication provided by the embodiments of the present application Method to avoid sending when the terminal device does not support it, thereby ensuring system transmission efficiency.
  • the terminal device may also receive sixth configuration information, where the sixth configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the information when different layers of information of the same codeword indicated by at least two pieces of information respectively At least two messages.
  • the terminal device may receive the first codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, and may not receive the first codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application when the sixth configuration information is not received.
  • the first codeword so that the network device can flexibly configure when the terminal device performs the communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application, so that the receiving method of the terminal device can be determined according to the current system situation, and at the same time, the terminal device can be prevented from receiving any In the case of control, it is necessary to execute the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application, which causes the power consumption of the terminal device to increase.
  • the minimum index number of the index numbers of all layers is 0, the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword is N, and the maximum index number of the index numbers of all layers is N -1, the index numbers of all layers are continuous; or, the information of all layers includes the minimum index number of all layers and the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, the The index numbers are continuous; or, the information of all layers includes the maximum index number of all layers and the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the index numbers of all layers are continuous.
  • the terminal device can determine the index number of all layers according to the number of all layers, and the index number can be used for the terminal device to receive the first codeword, so that the above design determines the index number of all layers by the number of all layers to reduce the system Signaling overhead can improve system transmission efficiency.
  • the information of all layers includes layer A 0 , layer A 1 ..., and layer A q-1 , where A 0 , A 1 ... And A q-1 are layer index numbers
  • the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is q
  • modulation symbols in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword The set includes a first set of modulation symbols and a second set of modulation symbols.
  • each set of modulation symbols in the total modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers includes: the first modulation symbol The modulation symbols in the set are mapped to layer A 0 , and the index number of the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set is q * i; or, the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set are mapped to layer A q-1 , The index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is q * i + q-1; or, where i is 0 to , M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the terminal device can be used to determine the index number of all layers according to the correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  • the index number can be used for the terminal device to receive the One codeword, so that the terminal device can still learn the mapping method of all modulation symbols through the corresponding relationship when receiving only part of the control information in the multiple control information, so that the first codeword can be received, so the above design Can improve the reliability of codeword transmission.
  • the information of the first number of layers includes layer B 0 , layer B 1 ... And layer B p-1 , where B 0 and B 1. . . . And B p-1 is the index number of the layer, and the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is p, and each modulation symbol set and the Correspondence of the index numbers of the layers included in the information of all layers: when p is 1, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to layer B 0 ; or, when p is 2, the first codeword corresponds to All modulation symbols of include the first modulation symbol set and the second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 1 , the index number of the modulation symbols in the second
  • the terminal device can conveniently determine the index number of all layers according to the correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers, which can be used for the terminal device Receiving the first codeword, so that the terminal device can still learn the mapping method of all modulation symbols through the corresponding relationship when receiving only part of the control information in the multiple control information, so that the first codeword can be received, so
  • the above design can improve the reliability of codeword transmission.
  • another resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a network device.
  • the network device may be used to send first information and send a first codeword, where the first information is used to indicate information of a first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, the first number being less than the first code
  • the number of all layers corresponding to a word the first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1
  • the number of all layers is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2
  • all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the all Layers, or all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number of layers.
  • the network device further sends second information, the second information indicating information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the network device may also send first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the information of all the layers; or, the first information is also used to indicate the entire Layer information; or, the network device sends second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate information of multiple all layers, and the first information is also used to indicate information of the multiple all layers All the layers of information; or, the network device sends second information indicating the information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the information of all layers includes the first Information of a number of layers and information of the second number of layers.
  • the network device can make the terminal device determine the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the network device when the network device sends the first codeword, if all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the all layers, the network device may also send the all layers Information, the information of all layers is used to indicate the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped, and the index of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped respectively Number, sending the first codeword.
  • the network device may determine the index of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and the first correspondence relationship No., the first correspondence is a correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  • the network device when the network device sends the first codeword, if all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number of layers, the network device may The information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, determining the index number of the layer to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are respectively mapped, and according to the index number of the layer to which all the modulation symbols are respectively mapped, Sending the first codeword.
  • the network device may determine the index of the layer to which all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set and the second correspondence between the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols No., the second correspondence is a correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  • the network device may also send fourth configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to indicate that all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to a first number of layers, the The first number of layers is the layer to which the modulation symbol corresponding to the first codeword is mapped is a part of the total number of layers.
  • the network device may also send fifth configuration information, where the fifth configuration information is used to indicate that all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the all layers, and the all layers are the first codeword The total number of layers to which the corresponding modulation symbol is mapped. Therefore, the network device may instruct the terminal device to receive the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers through the fourth configuration information, or instruct the terminal device to receive the first codeword according to the information of all layers through the fifth configuration information.
  • the network device may also receive first notification information, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the terminal device is capable of indicating information of different layers of the same codeword indicated by at least two pieces of information, Receiving the at least two pieces of information. Therefore, after receiving the first notification information, the network device may no longer send the first information to the terminal device, and no longer instruct the terminal device to receive the first codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the sixth configuration information may also be sent, and the sixth configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the at least two pieces of information of different layers of the same codeword indicated by at least two pieces of information, respectively.
  • Information the network device may instruct the terminal device to receive information of different layers of the same codeword indicated by at least two pieces of information through the sixth configuration information, thereby instructing the terminal device to receive the first codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that has a function to implement the terminal device behavior in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • the above function can be realized by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the structure of the communication device may include a storage unit, a receiving unit, and a processing unit.
  • the receiving unit may be used by the communication device to perform the receiving operation related to the terminal device in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, for example, may be used by the communication device to receive the first information and the first corresponding to the first codeword The number of layers of information is received by the first codeword.
  • the communication device may further include a determination unit for performing the determination operation performed by the terminal device in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, such as determining information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, the receiving unit The first codeword can also be received based on the information of all layers.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides another communication apparatus, which has a function to implement the behavior of a network device in the second aspect or the method provided in the second aspect.
  • the above function can be realized by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the structure of the communication device may include a sending unit and a storage unit.
  • the storage unit can be used to store program instructions.
  • the sending unit may be used by the communication device to perform the sending operation related to the network device in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, for example, may be used by the communication device to send the first information and the first codeword.
  • the communication device may further include a determination unit for performing the determination operation performed by the network device in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, such as determining based on the information of the first number of layers or the information of all layers A layer to which all modulation symbols of the first codeword are mapped separately.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device having a function that implements the behavior of the terminal device in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the module may be software and / or hardware.
  • the structure of the terminal device includes a receiver and a processor, the receiver is configured to support the terminal device to receive the first DRX long period and the second DRX long period configured by the base station for the terminal device, and activate DRX instruction or DRX instruction and other instructions.
  • the processor controls the terminal device to deactivate the DRX indication according to the first DRX long period received by the receiver, or receive the paging in the second DRX long period.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing instructions.
  • the computer may execute the method embodiment described in the first aspect or the second aspect. 1.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product.
  • the computer can cause the computer to execute any of the method embodiments of the first aspect or the second aspect or any of the method embodiments The functions involved in a possible design.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip that can be coupled to a transceiver and used to implement any one of the possible design methods described in the first aspect or the second aspect or the method embodiments. The functions involved.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a system including the terminal device in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, and the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect Network equipment in the.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an NR wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a multi-TRP transmission wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a layer mapping method for modulation symbols provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a HARQ feedback provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another layer mapping method for modulation symbols provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • At least one refers to one, or more than one, including one, two, three or more.
  • Carrying which can mean that a message is used to carry certain information or data, or it can mean that a message is composed of certain information.
  • a channel can refer to a carrier that carries information.
  • the sending end can send a channel, and the receiving end can receive the channel, and then demodulate and decode the information on the channel; the channel can also refer to an uplink or downlink wireless propagation environment.
  • Virtual channel where the channel is not carrying information, but a virtual propagation path in the physical space.
  • a code word (code, word, CW).
  • the code word may also be understood as a transport block (transport block, TB).
  • the first codeword may be one or more codewords.
  • the first codeword includes 2 codewords, which is not limited in this application.
  • Modulation symbols When the data sending end encodes and modulates the data, multiple modulation symbols will be formed. These modulation symbols are the information that carries the encoded data. In this application, all modulation symbols formed after the codeword is encoded and modulated are called all modulation symbols corresponding to the codeword. And, a partial modulation symbol among all the modulation symbols formed after the codeword is encoded and modulated is called a modulation symbol corresponding to the codeword, or a partial modulation symbol corresponding to the codeword.
  • the modulation symbols corresponding to the codewords can be mapped to different layers through layer mapping, and there is a correspondence between the layers and the antenna ports, so that the modulation symbols can be transmitted through the antenna ports corresponding to the layers .
  • the network device may indicate the layer information corresponding to the codeword to the terminal device through DCI, and the terminal device receives the codeword according to the layer information, for example, DCI may inform the number of layers corresponding to the codeword and / or The index number of the layer.
  • a DCI may be used to indicate to the terminal device part of all layers to which all modulation symbols of the codeword are mapped.
  • all layers to which all modulation symbols of the codeword are mapped are called all layers corresponding to the codeword; some layers of all layers to which all modulation symbols of the codeword are mapped are called corresponding to the codeword
  • the layer, the partial layer corresponding to the codeword, or, according to the number of partial layers, the partial layer is called the Nth number of layers corresponding to the codeword, the Nth number is equal to the number of partial layers, and N is a positive integer.
  • the network device may carry information indicating the number of layers and / or information indicating the index number of the layer, and indicate to the terminal device the layer to which the codeword is mapped.
  • the network device may carry the number in the DCI sent to the terminal device to indicate the number of layers to which the codeword is mapped; the DCI may also carry the index number of the layer, such as carrying the index numbers of layer 0, layer 1, and layer 2 Indicates that the codeword is mapped to the three layers of layer 0, layer 1 and layer 2, such as carrying the index numbers of layer 1 and layer 3, indicating that the codeword is mapped to the two layers of layer 1 and layer 3.
  • the wireless communication system 110 provided by the embodiment of the present application may include a terminal device 101 and a network device 102, where the application scenarios of the wireless communication system 110 provided by the embodiment of the present application include but are not limited to the fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) system.
  • 5G system can also be called NR system.
  • the terminal device 101 may be a terminal (terminal), a mobile station (MS), a mobile terminal (mobile terminal), etc.
  • the terminal device 101 can communicate with one or more networks of one or more communication systems
  • the device communicates and accepts network services provided by the network device.
  • the network device here includes but is not limited to the illustrated network device 102.
  • the terminal device 101 in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (or referred to as a “cellular” phone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc.
  • the terminal device 101 may also be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in computer Mobile device
  • the terminal device 101 may also be a communication chip having a communication module.
  • the network device 102 may include a base station (BS), or include a base station and a radio resource management device for controlling the base station, etc.
  • the network device 102 may be a transmission / reception node (TRP), a relay station ( (Or relay equipment), access points, in-vehicle equipment, wearable devices, and base stations in future 5G networks or base stations in future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) networks, such as NR base stations
  • TRP transmission / reception node
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • an exemplary NR scenario may include a core network 201 of NR, and the NR scenario may also include a new wireless access network 202, where NR Between the core network 201 and the new wireless access network 202 through the interface.
  • the functional entities used to implement the communication method involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a base station or a terminal.
  • the terminal device 101 involved in the embodiment of the present application may include a terminal device connected to a base station connected to the new wireless access network 202, for example, the terminal device 203 shown in FIG.
  • the access network base station 204 may be a base station in the new wireless access network 202; the terminal device 101 involved in the embodiment of the present application may further include a terminal device connected to the relay, such as that shown in FIG. 2
  • the terminal device 205 shown wherein the terminal device 205 is connected to a relay station 206, and the relay station 206 is connected to the access network base station 204 through a relay link.
  • the network device 102 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the access network base station 204 in the new wireless access network 202 shown in FIG. 2, or may be connected to the access network base station 204 as shown in FIG. ⁇ Relay ⁇ 206.
  • the number of network devices 102 may be one or more. If the number of network devices 102 is multiple, the number of network devices 102 and terminal devices 101 may TRP transmission method for transmission.
  • multi-TRP transmission can be performed between multiple TRPs with different spatial positions and the terminal device 101 to improve the anti-spatial interference capability of the communication system.
  • multiple TRPs can be ideal backhauls or non-ideal backhauls.
  • ideal backhauls is that there is no delay when interacting information between multiple TRPs, that is, data or control information can be quickly and arbitrarily exchanged at any time;
  • the implication is that there is a delay in the exchange of information between multiple TRPs, that is, information cannot be exchanged quickly and information can only be exchanged slowly.
  • the modulation symbol of the first codeword (CW) that needs to be sent to the terminal device 101 can be mapped onto multiple layers, For example, mapping to layer 0, layer 1 and layer 2, where TRP1 can send the first information to the terminal device 101, for example, the first DCI, which is used to instruct to map the modulation symbol of the first CW to layer 0, layer 1, TRP2
  • the second information can be sent to the terminal device 101, for example, the second DCI, which is used to instruct the mapping of the modulation symbol of the first CW to layer 2, and after receiving the first information and the second information, the terminal device 101 is at layer 0 and layer 1.
  • layer 2 performs the reception of the modulation symbol of the first CW, and then decodes the first CW.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
  • the network device 102 sends first information to the terminal device 101.
  • the first information is used to indicate the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the first number is smaller than the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and the number of all layers is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • S102 The terminal device 101 receives the first message.
  • S103 The network device 102 sends a first codeword to the terminal device 101, where all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to all layers, and S104 is executed.
  • S104 The terminal device 101 determines information of all layers, and receives the first codeword according to the information of all layers.
  • FIG. 4A is another embodiment provided by this application, which is different from the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 in that:
  • the network device 102 sends a first codeword to the terminal device 101, where all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to a first number of layers.
  • the terminal device 101 receives the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the terminal device 101 when the network device 102 indicates the information of all layers of the first codeword to the terminal device 101 through multiple control information (such as multiple DCIs), if the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword is greater than the The first number of the first codeword indicated by the information.
  • the terminal device 101 can receive the first information and determine the information of all layers, and then receive the first codeword according to the information of all layers. Wherein, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to all layers. It can be understood that the terminal device 101 may also determine the information of all layers before or at the same time when the first information is received.
  • the time relationship between the terminal device 101 receiving the first information and determining the information of all layers is No limitation.
  • the terminal device 101 receives the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, where all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number of Floor. Therefore, according to the steps shown in S101, S102, S103a-S104a, the terminal device 101 can realize the reception of the first codeword when receiving only the control information indicating the partial layer corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the first information may be DCI.
  • the first information may be used to indicate the information of the first number of layers, where the information of the layers includes but is not limited to the number of layers or the index number of the layers.
  • the network device 102 maps all modulation symbols (numbered 0 to 5) corresponding to the first codeword to layer 0, layer 1, and layer 2, where the network device 102 uses the first information to If the terminal device 101 indicates layer 0 and layer 1, the first information may carry information indicating that the first number is 2 and information indicating layer 0 and layer 1, or the first information may carry indication layer 0 and layer 1 But does not carry information indicating the first amount.
  • the terminal device 101 can still determine that the first quantity is 2 according to the information indicating the layer 0 and layer 1, or the first information can carry the information indicating the first quantity of the layer 2.
  • the terminal device 101 according to the pre-defined or The correspondence between the number of high-level signaling configurations and the index number of the layer determines the index number of the layer corresponding to the information whose first number is 2, such as layer 0 and layer 1.
  • the terminal device 101 may also be before the step of sending the first information by the network device 102 shown in S101, or before the step of receiving the first information by the terminal device 101 shown in S102, or may also be on the network shown in S103 Before the step of sending the first codeword by the device 102, the information of all layers is determined, and after receiving the first information, the first codeword is received.
  • the terminal device 101 determines the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword in multiple ways, which will be described below:
  • Manner 1 The network device 102 indicates to the terminal device 101 the information of all layers through the first configuration information.
  • the network device 102 may send information indicating all layers, the information of all layers including the number of all layers and / or index numbers indicating all layers, carried in the first configuration information and sent to the terminal device 101. Therefore, after receiving the first configuration information, the terminal device 101 may determine the information of all layers according to the first configuration information. Still taking FIG. 5 as an example, the network device 102 may carry information indicating that the number of all layers is 3 and / or information indicating that the index numbers of all layers are layer 0, layer 1, and layer 2 in the first configuration information and send to Terminal device 101. The network device 102 may send the first configuration information to the terminal device 101 before sending the first information, or may send the first configuration information to the terminal device 101 after sending the prompt of the first information or after sending the first information.
  • the first configuration information may carry all or part of the high-level signaling sent by the network device 102.
  • the network device 102 may configure the first configuration information to the terminal device 101 for different serving cells. If the network device 102 sends the first configuration information to the terminal device 101, the terminal device 101 may determine the number of all layers according to the first configuration information corresponding to the serving cell where the first codeword is transmitted, so that the network device 102 may cause the terminal device 101 Receive a codeword in the serving cell where the first codeword is transmitted according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. If the network device 102 does not send the first configuration information to the terminal device 101, the terminal device 101 may no longer receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application in the serving cell where the first codeword is transmitted.
  • the network device 102 may also set the first configuration information for different hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process identifiers.
  • the first configuration information sent by the network device 102 may also carry a set of HARQ process identifiers.
  • the network device 102 may carry the HARQ process ID corresponding to the first information in the first information sent to the terminal device 101, or the HARQ process ID corresponding to the first information may also be determined according to a predefined rule.
  • the terminal device 101 may determine that the HARQ process identifier carried in the first information belongs to the set of HARQ process identifiers in the first configuration information after receiving the first information.
  • the terminal device 101 uses the information of all layers indicated by the first configuration information as the information of all layers corresponding to the codeword indicated by the first information. Therefore, the network device 102 may indicate through the first configuration information which codewords indicated by the information need to be received by the terminal device 101 according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application when the codewords indicated by the information are transmitted, and the codewords indicated by other information Then, the terminal device 101 does not need to receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 102 may also set first configuration information for the codeword, for example, the first configuration information carries codeword indication information and / or the number of codewords, so that the terminal device 101 determines that the codeword indicated by the first information belongs to After the codeword in the codeword corresponding to the first configuration information, the information of all layers indicated by the first configuration information is used as the information of all layers corresponding to the codeword, and the codeword is performed according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application Reception. For other codewords that are not configured with the first configuration information, the terminal device 101 does not need to receive the codewords according to the communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the codeword indication information of the codeword is generally 0 or 1.
  • the terminal device 101 only checks the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the code word whose indication information is 0 is received.
  • the number of codewords in the codeword is generally 1 or 2
  • the network device 102 carries the codeword number 1 in the first configuration information, and the network device 102 sends the codeword indicated by the first information to the terminal device 101 If the number is 1, the terminal device 101 receives the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application. If the number of codewords indicated by the first information sent by the network device 102 to the terminal device 101 is 2, the terminal device 101 does not need to receive the codewords according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 102 may also set the first configuration information for the DCI, for example, carrying one or more DCI formats in the first configuration information, so that the terminal device 101 determines that the format of the first information belongs to the DCI carried by the first configuration information After the format in the format, the information of all the layers indicated by the first configuration information is used as the information of all the layers corresponding to the codeword indicated by the DCI, and the codeword is received according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application. However, the terminal device 101 does not need to receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application for the first information in the format of the DCI that does not belong to the first configuration information.
  • the DCI format carried in the first configuration information is “format format 1_0”, and after determining that the received first information is DCI in the format “format 1_0”, the terminal device 101 receives the code according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application word.
  • the network device 102 may also carry a radio network identity (RNTI) in the first configuration information, indicating that the first configuration information is set for the DCI scrambled by the RNTI, so that the terminal device 101 will
  • RNTI radio network identity
  • the network device 102 also indicates the search space where the DCI is located through the first configuration information, indicating that the first configuration information is set for the DCI detected in the search space, thereby causing the terminal device 101 to indicate all the contents indicated by the first configuration information
  • the layer information is used as the information of all layers of the codeword corresponding to the DCI detected in the search space.
  • the network device 102 also indicates the control resource set where the DCI is located through the first configuration information, indicating that the first configuration information is set for the DCI detected in the control resource set, so that the terminal device 101 indicates the first configuration information
  • the information of all the layers of is used as the information of all layers of the codeword corresponding to the DCI detected in the control resource set.
  • the terminal device 101 may determine the index numbers of all layers according to the received first configuration information. Or, if the correspondence between the number of pre-defined or high-level signaling configurations and the layer index number, that is, the correspondence between the terminal device 101 and the network device 102 has been determined, the network device 102 may only indicate the Quantity.
  • the terminal device 101 may determine the index numbers of all layers based only on the number of all layers. For example, if the minimum value of the index numbers of all layers is 0, and the index numbers of all layers are continuously incremented and are not repeated, the terminal device 101 can determine all index numbers of all layers according to the number of all layers.
  • Manner 2 The network device 102 indicates to the terminal device 101 the information of all layers through the first information.
  • the network device 102 may carry information indicating the number of all layers and / or information indicating the index numbers of all layers in the first information. Therefore, after receiving the first information, the terminal device 101 can determine the information of all layers according to the first information. Still taking FIG. 5 as an example, the network device 102 may carry information indicating that the number of all layers is 3 and / or information indicating layer 0, layer 1, and layer 2 in the first information and send it to the terminal device 101.
  • the information indicating the number of all layers and / or the information indicating the index numbers of all layers may be carried in the antenna port bit field in the first information.
  • a column may be added to the information indicated by the existing antenna port bit field, and this column carries information indicating the number of all layers and / or information indicating the index number of all layers.
  • the correspondence between the port number of the reference signal and the layer index number of the predefined or higher layer signaling configuration is predefined.
  • the reference signal port number is the index number of the layer. Taking the antenna port and the reference signal type as 1 and the reference signal occupying a maximum time domain length of 1 symbol as an example, it can be added to the antenna port indication table shown in Table 1.
  • a column of information indicating the number of all layers indicated by the antenna port It can be understood that there is a corresponding relationship between at least one bit state value in the table and the information of all layers.
  • the correspondence between all bit state values and all layers of information may be configured for high-level signaling or may be pre-defined.
  • the corresponding relationship between the partial bit state value and the information of all layers may be defined in advance and the corresponding relationship of the partial bit state value and the information of all layers may be configured by high-level signaling. It may be that some bit state values do not correspond to information of all layers.
  • bit state value of 0 and a number of bits of 4 corresponds to a bit state of 0000
  • bit state value of 1 and a number of bits of 4 corresponds to a bit state of 0001
  • the bit state Binary number of m-bit bit state value may be reserved (reserved).
  • the network device 102 indicates this parameter, it indicates that the network device 102 does not indicate the reception of the same codeword through at least two DCIs, but only indicates the terminal device 101 through one DCI. The reception of the first codeword.
  • information indicating the number of all layers may be added to other types of antenna port indication tables.
  • the maximum time domain length occupied by the reference signal may also be at the antenna port and the reference signal type is 1. When it is 2 symbols, or the antenna port and reference signal type are 2 and the maximum time domain length occupied by the reference signal is 1 symbol, or the antenna port and reference signal type is 2 and the maximum time domain length occupied by the reference signal is 2
  • the antenna port indication table for each symbol adds information indicating the number of all layers. For a specific implementation manner, refer to Table 1.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to carrying the information indicating the number of all layers and / or the information indicating the index number of all layers in the information indicated by the antenna port bit field in the manner shown in Table 1.
  • the contents of Table 1 are reduced or reorganized, or carry other information corresponding to the bit status value, so as to instruct the terminal device 101 of the information.
  • the information indicating the number of all layers and / or the information indicating the index number of all layers may also be carried in the first bit field added to the first information, and the length of the first bit field may be 2 bits or 3 bits.
  • the information of all layers can be indicated by the correspondence between the bit state value and the index numbers of all layers.
  • the present application is not limited to carrying information indicating the number of all layers and / or information indicating the index numbers of all layers in the first bit field in the manner shown in Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3, or
  • the contents of Table 1 are reduced or reorganized, for example, the first bit field only carries the correspondence between the bit state value and the information indicating the number of all layers, or the bit state value and the information indicating the index number of all layers The corresponding relationship between.
  • the contents of Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 may also be supplemented, for example, carrying information specifically indicating the index number of the first number of layers corresponding to the first information.
  • the terminal device 101 may determine the information of all layers according to the first information after receiving the first information. Or, if the correspondence between the number of pre-defined or high-level signaling configurations and the layer index number, that is, the correspondence between the terminal device 101 and the network device 102 has been determined, the network device 102 may indicate the number of all layers only through the first information In this case, the terminal device 101 may determine the index numbers of all layers only based on the number of all layers.
  • the network device 102 indicates the information of the plurality of all layers in the second configuration information, and indicates one of the information of the plurality of all layers to the terminal device 101 through the first information.
  • the network device 102 may carry multiple pieces of information indicating the number of all layers and / or multiple pieces of information indicating the index numbers of all layers or at least one piece of information indicating the number of all layers and at least one piece of information indicating the index number of all layers It is sent to the terminal device 101 in the second configuration information. Before sending the first codeword, the network device 102 sends the first information corresponding to the first codeword to the terminal device 101, where the first information indicates information of all layers in the second configuration information, the terminal device 101 The information of all layers indicated may be used as the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the second configuration information may carry a second configuration information table as shown in Table 4, wherein the second configuration information table may indicate a bit state value in at least one or all of the first information and information between all layers of information Correspondence.
  • the first information sent by the network device 102 may also carry bit status values used to indicate information of all layers, and the terminal device 101 may be in a corresponding relationship indicated by the second configuration information.
  • the number of all layers corresponding to the bit state value indicated by the first information and / or the index number of all layers determine the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword.
  • Bit state value Information of all layers configured by the second configuration information 0 Information on the first layer 1 Information on the second layer 2 Information on the third full layer 3 Fourth layer information
  • the first information sent by the network device 102 carries the bit status value "2".
  • the terminal device 101 can determine the number of all layers and / or the index number of all layers according to the information of the third all layers in Table 4 whose bit state value is "2".
  • the first information carries the bit status value “3”, and the terminal device 101 receives the first information, and can determine the number of all layers and / or all the layers according to the information of the fourth all layers whose bit status value is “3” in Table 4. Or the index number of all layers.
  • the first information carries the number "0"
  • the terminal device 101 receives the first information, and can determine the number and / or all of the all layers according to the information of the first all layers in Table 4 whose bit status value is "0" The index number of the layer.
  • the terminal device 101 may determine the information of all layers according to the first information and the second configuration information. Take the second configuration information to configure all index numbers including "0,1,2" and "0,1" as an example. If the first information sent by the network device 102 carries the number "2", the terminal device 101 receives the first information and can determine the number of all layers according to the index numbers of all layers with the number "2" in Table X + 2. Or, if the first information indicates one of the numbers of all layers included in the second configuration information.
  • the network device 102 may indicate the number of multiple all layers only through the second configuration information , And indicates one of the numbers of all the multiple layers through the first information, the terminal device 101 may also determine the index number of all the layers according to the number of all the layers.
  • the network device 102 indicates to the terminal device 101 through the second information the information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, where all the layer information includes the information of the first number of layers indicated by the first information and Information about the second number of layers.
  • the network device 102 may also send second information to the terminal device 101, where the second information may indicate information of remaining layers other than the first number of layers in all layers or may indicate information other than the first number of layers in all layers Partial layer information. Therefore, the terminal device 101 may determine the information of all layers according to the information of the first number of layers and the information of the second number of layers indicated by the first information.
  • the second information may be one or more DCIs other than the first information.
  • the method of indicating the information of the second number of layers in the second information may refer to the method of indicating the information of the first number of layers in the first information.
  • the network device 102 maps all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword, for example, modulation symbol 1 to modulation symbol 6, to layer 0, layer 1, and layer 2.
  • the network device 102 indicates to the terminal device 101 that the first number of layers are layer 0 and layer 1 (that is, the first number is 2) in the first information, and the network device 102 may also indicate the layer 2 to the terminal device 101 through the second information .
  • the terminal device 101 may also determine that the second quantity indicated by the second information is 1. According to this, the terminal device 101 can determine that the number of all layers to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped is 3 according to the first information and the second information.
  • the correspondence between the number of high-level signaling configurations and the index number of the layer may be defined in advance, that is, the correspondence between the terminal device 101 and the network device 102 has been determined.
  • the network device 102 indicates the first number through the first information and the second number through the second information.
  • the terminal device 101 may also determine the number of all layers according to the first number and the second number. Furthermore, the terminal device 101 determines the index numbers of all layers according to the number of all layers.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the network device 102 to indicate all layer information to the terminal device 101 through the first information and the second information, and the network device 102 may also use the first information, the second information, and at least one other control information.
  • the information of all the layers is indicated to the terminal device 101, so that the terminal device 101 can use the result of the addition operation of the information of all the layers indicated by the DCI corresponding to the received first codeword as the information of all the layers.
  • the first information, the second information, and at least one other control information should satisfy the first condition.
  • the terminal device 101 determines all through the correspondence and the number of all layers The index number of the layer.
  • the minimum index number of all layer index numbers is 0, the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword is N, the maximum index number of all layer index numbers is N-1, and the index numbers of all layers It is continuous and incremental.
  • the terminal device 101 determines that N is 4, it can determine the index numbers of all layers as layer 0, layer 1, layer 2, and layer 3 according to the above sorting method.
  • the index numbers of all layers are continuously decremented, or discontinuously incremented, or discontinuously decremented, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the correspondence between the number of high-level signaling configurations and the layer index number may be predefined.
  • the network device 102 may also indicate the information of all layers to the terminal device 101 for the terminal device 101 to determine the information of all layers.
  • the information of all layers may include one or more of the index numbers of all layers, and / or, the first code The number of all layers corresponding to the word.
  • the network device 102 may carry all layer information in the foregoing first configuration information or the first information.
  • the network device 102 may carry the second number of layers of information in the second information, and the terminal device 101 determines the information of all layers according to the first number of layers of information and the second number of layers of information.
  • the information of all layers may include the minimum index number and the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the index numbers of all layers are continuous and incremental.
  • the index numbers of all layers are continuously decremented, or discontinuously incremented, or discontinuously decremented, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the number N of all layers is 3, and the smallest index number in all layers is 1, so that the index numbers of all layers can be determined as layer 1, layer 2, and layer 3.
  • the terminal device determines other index numbers than the minimum index number among the index numbers of all layers according to the minimum index number and the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the information of all layers may include the maximum index number of all layers and the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the index numbers of all layers are continuous and incremental.
  • the index numbers of all layers are continuously decremented, or discontinuously incremented, or discontinuously decremented, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the number N of all layers is 3, and the maximum index number in all layers is 3, so that the index numbers of all layers can be determined as layer 1, layer 2, and layer 3.
  • the terminal device determines other index numbers than the largest index number among the index numbers of all layers according to the maximum index number and the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the terminal device 101 may receive the first codeword through the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application when it is determined that the specific condition is satisfied.
  • the specific condition includes the first condition and / or the second condition.
  • the terminal device 101 may use the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application Receive the first codeword.
  • the terminal device 101 can determine whether the codeword indicated by both the first information and the second information is the first codeword according to the first condition. If the first condition is satisfied, it means that both the first information and the second information indicate the first Codeword, otherwise, it means that the first information and the second information indicate different codewords respectively, and the codeword is not received according to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first condition is introduced below by way of example.
  • the first condition may include at least one of the following multiple conditions:
  • the time-frequency domain resources indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resources indicated by the second information partially overlap or all overlap.
  • the time-frequency domain resources occupied by the transmission of different layers of the same codeword partially overlap or overlap completely, for example, time-domain resources and frequency-domain resources overlap. Therefore, if there is no overlap in the time-frequency resources indicated by the first information and the second information, it means that the first information and the second information indicate different codewords, respectively, and transmit different information. Therefore, if the terminal device 101 determines that the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information partially overlap or overlap.
  • the terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application; otherwise, the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the HARQ process ID of the hybrid automatic repeat request indicated by the first information is the same as the HARQ process ID indicated by the second information.
  • the same HARQ process ID indicates the same data buffer. Therefore, if the time-frequency resource indicated by the first information overlaps with the time-frequency resource indicated by the second information (including full overlap or partial overlap), the HARQ process ID indicated by the first information and the HARQ process ID indicated by the second information When they are the same, it can be explained that the first information and the second information respectively indicate different layers corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the application, otherwise, the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the application.
  • the antenna port indicated by the first information is different from the antenna port indicated by the second information.
  • demodulation reference signals corresponding to different antenna port numbers correspond to different precoding matrices.
  • DMRS corresponding to different antenna port numbers may also correspond to time-frequency resources of different DMRS.
  • the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the first information is different from the information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the second information.
  • the information of the layer may include the index number of the layer, and the terminal device 101 may determine the information of these layers when the codeword is mapped to different layers.
  • the terminal device 101 may determine the information of these layers when the codeword is mapped to different layers.
  • the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information overlaps with the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information
  • the index number of the layer corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the first information is The index numbers of the layers corresponding to a codeword are the same, indicating that the first information and the second information indicate different codewords, respectively.
  • the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 101 may communicate according to the embodiments of the present application Method to receive codeword.
  • the new data indication information (new data indicator (NDI) included in the first information is the same as the NDI included in the second information.
  • the new data indication information in DCI can be used to indicate whether the data indicated by DCI is the first transmission data
  • NDI can be 0 or 1, for example, when the first transmission NDI is 0, and the second transmission NDI is 1 Indicates that the data is the retransmitted data of the first transmission. It can be understood that if the NDI included in the first information is different from the NDI included in the second information, it means that the first information and the second information indicate different codewords or retransmissions of the same codeword, respectively. At this time, the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application. If the NDI included in the first information is the same as the NDI included in the second information, the terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the downlink allocation indication information (DAI) included in the first information is the same as the DAI included in the second information.
  • DCI may include count DAI (count downlink assignment indicator, C-DAI) and / or total DAI (total count downlink assignment indicator, T-DAI).
  • C-DAI count downlink assignment indicator
  • T-DAI total count downlink assignment indicator
  • the terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Otherwise, the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Otherwise, the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • both the first information and the second information include C-DAI and T-DAI
  • the first information includes the same C-DAI and the second information includes the C-DAI
  • the first information includes the T-DAI and the second information
  • the T-DAI included in the second information it means that the codewords indicated by the first information and the second information are the same codeword.
  • the terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 101 is not implemented according to this application.
  • the communication method provided in the example receives the codeword.
  • the codeword indication information included in the first information is the same as the codeword indication information included in the second information.
  • the code word indicates that the information is 0 or 1. If the codeword indication information included in the first information is the same as the codeword indication information included in the second information, it means that the codewords indicated by the first information and the second information are the same codeword. At this time, the terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. If the codeword indication information included in the first information is different from the codeword indication information included in the second information, the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the setting of the first condition above is only an example, and this application does not limit one of the above conditions as the first condition, and a combination of multiple conditions in the above conditions may also be used as the first condition.
  • the above The first condition and the combination of the second condition, the third condition, the fourth condition, the fifth condition, the sixth condition, or the seventh condition as the first condition, or the combination of all the above conditions as The first condition, so that when the first information and the second information satisfy all the above conditions, the terminal device 101 receives the first codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 101 may also receive third configuration information and determine whether the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information satisfy the second condition.
  • the terminal device 101 may The communication method provided by the embodiment of the application receives the first codeword, otherwise, the first codeword is not received according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the application.
  • the third configuration information may be sent by the network device 102, so that the network device 102 may also use the third configuration information to control whether the terminal device 101 receives the first codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the second condition may include at least one of the following multiple conditions:
  • the third configuration information is used to indicate a first format, and the format of the first information and the format of the second information are both the first format.
  • the third configuration information may indicate the DCI format 1_1.
  • the terminal device 101 determines that the second condition is satisfied.
  • the third configuration information may carry information of a DCI format 1_1 to indicate the DCI format of the first information and the second information.
  • the network device 102 may instruct the terminal device 101 to determine whether to perform codeword reception according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application according to the format of the first information and the second information.
  • the third configuration information is used to indicate the first RNTI, the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI.
  • the terminal device 101 implements the terminal device 101 according to this application only if it is determined that the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI
  • the communication method provided in the example performs codeword reception.
  • the network device 102 may instruct the terminal device 101 to determine whether to perform codeword reception according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application according to the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information.
  • the third configuration information is used to indicate a first control resource set (control-resource set, CORESET).
  • the resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first control resource set .
  • the network device 102 may also indicate the first control resource set through the third configuration information, then the terminal device 101 determines that the resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first control resource set, according to the present application
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment performs the reception of a code word. Otherwise, the codeword is not received according to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the third configuration information is used to indicate a first search space, and the search space where the first information is located and the search space where the second information is located are the first search space.
  • the network device 102 may also indicate the first search space through the third configuration information.
  • the terminal device 101 only provides the search space where the first information and the second information belong to the first search space, according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • codeword reception is not performed according to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the setting of the above second condition is only an example, and this application does not limit one of the above conditions as the second condition, and may also use a combination of multiple conditions in the above condition as the second condition. For example, the combination of all the above conditions is used as the second condition.
  • the terminal device 101 receives the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the above first condition and second condition may be set separately, for example, when the terminal device 101 meets the first condition, the codeword may be received according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, or the terminal When the device 101 meets the second condition, it can receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first condition and the second condition can also be set at the same time, so that the terminal device 101 only receives the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application when the first condition and the second condition are satisfied at the same time.
  • the terminal device 101 may perform the decoding result of the first codeword HARQ feedback, instead of performing HARQ feedback for the first information and the second information separately to save signaling overhead. Specifically, the terminal device 101 may send an acknowledgement (acknowledgment, ACK) message to the network device 102 after successfully receiving the first information and the first codeword indicated by the second information, otherwise, if the terminal device does not successfully receive the first code Word, send negative acknowledgement (NACK) information to the network device 102.
  • acknowledgement acknowledgement
  • NACK negative acknowledgement
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a HARQ feedback method.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • the network device 102 sends the first information and the second information to the terminal device 101, where the first information is used to indicate the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the second information is used to indicate the corresponding to the first codeword Second number of layers;
  • S202 The terminal device 101 receives the first information and the second information
  • the terminal device 101 determines that the first information and the second information indicate different layers of the first codeword; here, the terminal device 101 may determine the first information and the second information indication after determining that the first condition and / or the second condition are satisfied
  • the setting of the first condition and the second condition can refer to the description in the previous chapter;
  • the terminal device 101 sends HARQ feedback information to the network device 102 according to the decoding result of the first codeword, and no longer sends HARQ information for the first information and the second information separately; wherein, if the terminal device 101 successfully receives the first code Word, the HARQ information includes ACK information, otherwise, if the terminal device 101 does not successfully receive the first codeword, the HARQ feedback information includes NACK information.
  • the terminal device 101 when receiving multiple indication DCIs and multiple DCIs indicating different layers of the same codeword, the terminal device 101 can feed back HARQ information corresponding to the number of codewords according to the decoding result of the codeword, for example If the number of codewords is 1, the HARQ information is one. For example, if the number of codewords is two, the HARQ information is two, avoiding separately feeding back HARQ information for multiple DCIs, to save uplink feedback signaling, and improve the transmission accuracy of HARQ information.
  • the first information and the second information in the above example may also be sent to the terminal device 101 by multiple TRPs in multi-TRP transmission, for example, as shown in FIG. 3, the terminal device 101 may also receive the TRP1 After the first information and the second information sent by TRP2, the steps shown in S202 to S204 are performed.
  • the number of bits in one HARQ message here may be 1 bit or C bits. If the terminal device is not configured with HARQ feedback corresponding to the code block group, the number of bits in one HARQ message is 1 bit. If the terminal device is configured with HARQ feedback corresponding to the code block group, and the number of code blocks including the code block group is C, then the number of bits in one HARQ message is C bits.
  • the terminal device uses the method in this embodiment to determine the number of HARQ feedback information bits. If the terminal device is configured by the network device as semi-static HARQ codebook feedback HARQ, the terminal device does not need to determine the number of bits of HARQ feedback information using the method in this embodiment.
  • the network device 102 when the network device 102 sends the first codeword, if all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to all layers, and all layers are sent to the terminal device 101 through the first configuration information or the first information Information, or send the second information to the terminal device 101, so that the terminal device 101 determines the information of all layers based on the first information and the second information, where the information of all layers includes the index number of all layers, after which the terminal device 101 may
  • the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped is determined according to the information of all layers, and then the first codeword is received according to the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols are respectively mapped.
  • the network device 102 may determine the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the information of all layers, and then map all modulation symbols separately according to the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols are mapped To the floor.
  • the network device 102 and the terminal device 101 may first determine the modulation symbol set to which each modulation symbol belongs and determine The first correspondence, then, according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in all modulation symbols belong and the first correspondence, the index number of the layer to which each modulation symbol is mapped is determined, where the first correspondence is The correspondence between each modulation symbol set and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  • the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword is q
  • the information of all layers includes layer A 0 , layer A 1 ... and layer A q-1 , where A 0 , A 1 ... and A q-1 are layer Index number
  • the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is q
  • the modulation symbol set among all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword includes the first modulation symbol set and the second modulation symbol set.
  • a correspondence may include:
  • the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer A 0 , and the index number of the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set is q * i;
  • the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set are mapped to layer A q-1 , and the index number of the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set is q * i + q-1;
  • M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword; or, i is from 0 to , M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword, Indicate right Perform round-up operation; or i is 0 to , M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword, It means rounding up M / q.
  • the network device 102 and the terminal device 101 can determine that the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword is 3, and the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is 3.
  • the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer 0, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set include modulation symbol 0 and modulation symbol 3, and the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol combination are mapped to layer 2, the second The modulation symbols in the modulation symbol set include modulation symbol 2 and modulation symbol 5.
  • the terminal device 101 may determine the first number according to the information of the first number of layers An index number of a layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to a codeword are mapped, and then a first codeword is received according to the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols are mapped.
  • the network device 102 may determine the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the information of the first number of layers, and then, according to the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols are respectively mapped Symbols are mapped to layers respectively.
  • the network device 102 and the terminal device 101 may first determine the modulation symbol set to which each modulation symbol belongs And determining the second correspondence, and then, according to the modulation symbol set and the second correspondence between the modulation symbols in all modulation symbols, determine the index number of the layer to which each modulation symbol is mapped, where the first correspondence is among all modulation symbols Correspondence between each modulation symbol set and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  • the information of the first number of layers includes layer B 0 , layer B 1 ..., and layers B p-1 , where B 0 and B 1. . . .
  • B p-1 is the index number of the layer
  • the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is p
  • the second correspondence may include:
  • all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include the first modulation symbol set and the second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , and the modulation in the first modulation symbol set
  • the index number of the symbol is p * i
  • the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1
  • the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 1; or
  • all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include the first modulation symbol set and the second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , and the modulation in the first modulation symbol set
  • the index number of the symbol is p * i
  • the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1
  • the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 1
  • the index in the third modulation symbol set The modulation symbol is mapped to layer B 2
  • the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 2; or,
  • all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include the first modulation symbol set and the second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , and the modulation in the first modulation symbol set
  • the index number of the symbol is p * i
  • the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1
  • the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 1
  • the index in the third modulation symbol set The modulation symbols are mapped to layer B 2
  • the index of the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 2
  • the modulation symbols in the third modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 3
  • the modulation in the second modulation symbol set The index number of the symbol is p * i + 3;
  • M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword; or, i is from 0 to , M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword, Indicate right Perform round-up operation; or i is 0 to , M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword, Means rounding up M / p.
  • the network device 102 and the terminal device 101 can determine that the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword is 2 ,
  • the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is 2, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer 0, and the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set include modulation symbol 0 and modulation symbol 2 and modulation symbol 4, the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol combination are mapped to layer 1, and the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set include modulation symbol 1, modulation symbol 3, and modulation symbol 5.
  • all modulation symbols of the first codeword are layer-mapped for each of the at least two DCIs. It can be understood that all the modulation symbols of the first codeword are mapped on the layer indicated by each DCI, so the implementation in this embodiment is applied so that the terminal device can still receive all the signals when only one DCI is received. Modulation symbol to improve the accuracy of information reception.
  • the network device 102 may also map all modulation symbols to layer 2, and indicate layer 2 to the terminal device 101 through the second information. Therefore, after receiving the first information and the second information, the terminal device 101 can perform joint reception of the first codeword at layer 0, layer 1, and layer 2 according to the first information and the second information, thereby further improving transmission efficiency.
  • the joint reception may be to combine all the modulation symbols of the first codeword on the first number of layers indicated by the first information with all the modulation symbols of the first codeword on the second number of layers indicated by the second information, and then perform Data demodulation and decoding, or may be a code sequence obtained by demodulating all the modulation symbols of the first codeword on the first number of layers indicated by the first information and the second number on the second number of layers indicated by the second information The code sequences after demodulation of all modulation symbols of one code word are combined, and then data decoding is performed.
  • the mapping of all modulation symbols of the first codeword to the first number of layers may also be determined according to Table 5. among them, Is the number of all modulation symbols of the first codeword, d (0) (i) is the i-th modulation symbol before layer mapping, where i is the index number of the modulation symbol, and x (A0) (i) is the layer mapping Then map to the i-th modulation symbol of layer A 0 , i is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to Count value of.
  • the mapping of all modulation symbols of the first codeword to the first number of layers and the mapping of all modulation symbols of the first codeword to the second number of layers may also be determined according to Table 6. among them, Is the number of all modulation symbols of the first codeword, d (0) (i) is the i-th modulation symbol before layer mapping, where i is the index number of the modulation symbol, and x (A0) (i) is the layer mapping Then mapped to the i-th modulation symbol of layer A 0 , x (B0) (i) is the i-th modulation symbol mapped to layer B 0 after layer mapping, i is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to Count value of. It can be understood that when the network device sends the first information and the second information, before sending the first codeword, the network device needs to perform layer mapping of the two information on the first codeword separately.
  • the network device 102 may also control whether the terminal device 101 executes the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application through configuration information.
  • the network device 102 may also send fourth configuration information to the terminal device 101 to indicate that the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the first information are mapped is a partial layer in the total number of layers . Therefore, after receiving the fourth configuration information, the terminal device 101 may determine that the first number is less than the number of all layers according to the fourth configuration information, and then the terminal device 101 may follow the step shown in S103 according to the first number corresponding to the first codeword Receive the first codeword for the layer information.
  • the network device 102 may also send fifth configuration information to the terminal device 101 to indicate that all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the first information are mapped to all layers, so that the terminal device 101 After receiving the fifth configuration information, the information of all layers is determined, and the codewords are received on all layers according to the information of all layers.
  • the terminal device 101 can receive the first codeword according to the information of all layers according to the step shown in S103a .
  • the network device 102 may also send sixth configuration information to the terminal device 101 for instructing the terminal device to receive the at least two pieces of information when different layers of information of the same codeword indicated by the at least two pieces of information respectively.
  • the network device 102 can control the terminal device 101 to receive the same codeword according to at least two pieces of information, for example, the terminal device 101 can receive the first code according to the first number of layers of information corresponding to the first codeword according to the step shown in S103 word.
  • the terminal device 101 does not use the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application Receive codeword.
  • the network device 102 may send the above fourth configuration information, fifth configuration information or sixth configuration information to the terminal device 101, and may also send the fourth configuration information, fifth configuration information and sixth configuration information to the terminal device 101 Part of the configuration information, such as sending fourth configuration information and sixth configuration information, or sending fifth configuration information or sixth configuration information.
  • the terminal device 101 may also report to the network device 102 whether it supports multiple control information (such as DCI) for the same codeword.
  • the terminal device 101 may send the first notification information to the network device 102 to instruct the terminal.
  • the device 101 can receive at least two pieces of information of different layers of the same codeword indicated by at least two pieces of information, so that the network device 102 can send a message to the terminal after receiving the first notification information sent by the terminal device 101
  • the device 101 sends the first information and / or the second information, and the terminal device 101 receives the first codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 101 may correspond to the first codeword according to the step shown in S103 For the first number of layers of information, receive the first codeword. Otherwise, when the network device 102 does not receive the first notification information sent by the terminal device 101 or the terminal device 101 reports that it does not support multiple control information for the same codeword, the network device 102 may not send the first notification information to the terminal device 101 Information, at this time, the terminal device 101 does not execute the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • multiple pieces of control information here need to satisfy the first condition and / or the second condition.
  • the first condition and the second condition please refer to the foregoing, which will not be repeated here.
  • each communication device such as a terminal device, a base station, etc.
  • each communication device includes a hardware structure and / or a software module corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware, computer software, or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed by hardware or computer software driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • FIG. 8 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the communication device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication device 800 may be used to implement the functions of the network device 102 provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device 800 includes a transmitter / receiver 801, a controller / processor 802, a memory 803, and a communication unit 804.
  • the transmitter / receiver 801 is used to support communication between the communication device 800 and the terminal device 101 in the foregoing embodiment, and to support the communication device 800 with other terminal devices, base stations, or communication devices Radio communication between.
  • the controller / processor 802 performs various functions for communicating with the terminal device 101.
  • the uplink signal from the terminal device 101 is received via the antenna, mediated by the receiver 801, and further processed by the controller / processor 802 to recover the service data and signal sent by the terminal device 101 ⁇ ⁇ Order information.
  • the service data and signaling messages are processed by the controller / processor 802 and mediated by the transmitter 801 to generate downlink signals, which are transmitted to the terminal device 101 via the antenna.
  • the controller / processor 802 also performs the processing procedure in FIG. 4 involving the network device 102 and / or other procedures for the network device 102 to perform the technology described in this application, for example, for determining the index number of the first number layer And / or used to determine the index number of all layers.
  • the memory 803 is used to store program codes and data of the communication device 800, for example, data such as the first correspondence relationship, the second correspondence relationship, and the like provided by the embodiments of the present application may be stored.
  • the communication unit 804 includes but is not limited to an optical fiber link interface, an Ethernet interface, a copper wire interface, etc., and can be used to support the communication device 800 to communicate with other network entities and network entities located in the core network.
  • the transmitter / receiver 801 may be used to perform the steps shown in S101 and S103 in FIG. 4.
  • the transmitter / receiver 801 may also be used to perform the steps shown in S101 and S103a in FIG. 4A.
  • the transmitter / receiver 801 may also be used to perform the step shown in S201 in FIG. 6 and the step of receiving HARQ feedback information in the step shown in S204.
  • the transmitter / receiver 801 may also be used to send the second information, first configuration information, third configuration information, fourth configuration information, fifth configuration information or sixth configuration information involved in the present application to the terminal device 101, or above A combination of multiple pieces of information, or other information, data, and / or messages that need to be sent to the terminal device 101 in this application.
  • the transmitter / receiver 801 may also be used to receive the first notification information sent by the terminal device 101 involved in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the present application does not limit the connection media between the transmitter / receiver 801, the controller / processor 802, the memory 803, and the communication unit 804.
  • these components may be connected by a bus structure or other media.
  • the transmitter / receiver 801, the controller / processor 802, the memory 803, and the communication unit 804 may be independent of each other, or may be integrated on one chip.
  • FIG. 9 shows a simplified schematic diagram of a possible design structure of the communication device 900 involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication device 900 may be used to implement the functions of the terminal device 101 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 900 includes a transmitter 901, a receiver 902, a controller / processor 903, a memory 904, and a modem processor 905.
  • the transmitter 901 may adjust (eg, analog conversion, filtering, amplification, up-conversion, etc.) output samples and generate an uplink signal, which is transmitted to the network device described in the above embodiment via an antenna 102.
  • the antenna receives the downlink signal transmitted by the network device 102 in the above embodiment.
  • the receiver 902 adjusts (eg, filters, amplifies, down-converts, digitizes, etc.) the signal received from the antenna and provides input samples.
  • the encoder receives service data and signaling messages to be sent on the uplink, and processes the service data and signaling messages (e.g., formatting, encoding, and interleaving).
  • the modulator further processes (eg, symbol mapping and modulation) the encoded service data and signaling messages and provides output samples.
  • the demodulator processes (eg, demodulates) the input samples and provides symbol estimates.
  • the decoder processes (e.g., deinterleaves and decodes) the symbol to estimate and provide the decoded data and signaling messages sent to the communication device 900.
  • the encoder, modulator, demodulator, and decoder may be implemented by the synthesized modem processor 1105. These units are processed according to the radio access technology adopted by the radio access network (for example, the access technology of LTE and other evolved systems).
  • the controller / processor 903 may be used to control and manage the actions of the communication device 900, to perform the processing operations performed by the terminal device 101 in the foregoing embodiment, for example, to determine all corresponding to the first codeword according to information of all layers The index numbers of the layers to which the modulation symbols are mapped and / or other processes of the technology described in this application.
  • the controller / processor 903 can also be used to perform the steps shown in S203 in FIG. 6.
  • the transmitter 901 and the receiver 902 perform wireless communication by the communication device 900.
  • the transmitter 1901 can also be used to perform the steps shown in S204 in FIG. 6.
  • the transmitter 1901 can also be used for the communication device 900 to send the first notification information and the like to the network device 102 described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the receiver 902 may be used to support the terminal device 101 to perform the operation of receiving the first information in step S102 in FIG. 4 and the operation of receiving the first codeword in S104.
  • the receiver 902 may also be used to support the terminal device 101 to perform steps S102 and S104 in FIG. 4A.
  • the receiver 902 is also used to support the terminal device 101 to perform the steps shown in S202 in FIG. 6.
  • the receiver 902 may also be used to receive some or all of the second information, first configuration information, second configuration information, third configuration information, fourth configuration information, fifth configuration information, or sixth configuration information sent by the network device 102 Information, and receive information, data, and / or messages sent by other network devices 102.
  • the memory 904 is used to store program codes and data for the terminal device 101, for example, to store data such as the first correspondence relationship and the second correspondence relationship provided by the embodiments of the present application, and data and information sent by other network devices 102.
  • the controller / The processor 903 may call the program code in the memory 904 to perform the processing operation performed by the terminal device 101 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the application does not limit the connection media between the transmitter 901, the receiver 902, the controller / processor 903, the memory 904, and the modem processor 905.
  • these components may be connected by a bus structure or other media.
  • the transmitter 901, the receiver 902, the controller / processor 903, the memory 904 and the modem processor 905 may be independent of each other, or may be integrated on one chip.
  • the structure of the above communication device for implementing the network device 102 and the terminal device 101 provided in the embodiments of the present application is merely an example, and the network device 102 and / or the terminal device 101 provided in the embodiments of the present application may also be modularized. Structure realization.
  • a modular communication device 1000 may include a receiving unit 1001, a processing unit 1002, and a storage unit 1004.
  • the receiving unit 1001 may be used to perform the receiving process involved in the terminal device 101 in the embodiment of the present application, for example, performing the operation of receiving the first information in step S102 in FIG. 4 and receiving the first Codeword operation.
  • the communication device may further include a storage unit 1004 for storing program codes and data, and these program codes may be called by the receiving unit 1001 and / or the processing unit to implement corresponding processing operations.
  • the receiving unit 1001 may also be used to support the terminal device 101 to execute steps S102 and S104 in FIG. 4A.
  • the receiving unit 1001 is also used to support the terminal device 101 to perform the steps shown in S202 in FIG. 6.
  • the receiving unit 1001 may also be used to receive some or all of the second information, first configuration information, second configuration information, third configuration information, fourth configuration information, fifth configuration information, or sixth configuration information sent by the network device 102 Information, and receive information, data, and / or messages sent by other network devices 102.
  • the processing unit 1002 may be used to perform the processing procedure involved in the terminal device 101 in the embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the processing unit 1002 may be used to perform the step of determining the information of all layers in the step shown in S104 in FIG. 4.
  • the processing unit 1002 may be used to perform the steps shown in S203 in FIG. 6.
  • the processing unit 1002 can also be used to determine the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the information of all layers. A codeword.
  • the communication device 1000 may further include a sending unit 1003, and the sending unit 1003 may be used to perform the steps shown in S204 in FIG. 6.
  • the receiving unit 1001 may be configured to receive first information that is used to indicate information of a first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the first number is smaller than the first code
  • the number of all layers corresponding to a word, the first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and the number of all layers is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2;
  • the receiving unit 1001 is configured to receive the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first Number of layers; or, the processing unit 1002 may be used to determine the information of all layers; the receiving unit 1001 is used to receive the first code according to the information of all layers determined by the processing unit Word, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to all layers.
  • the receiving unit 1001 is further configured to receive first configuration information; the processing unit 1002 is specifically configured to determine the information of all layers according to the first configuration information received by the receiving unit, the The first configuration information is used to indicate the information of all the layers; or,
  • the processing unit 1002 is specifically configured to determine the information of all the layers according to the first information, and the first information is also used to indicate the information of the all layers; or,
  • the receiving unit 1001 is further configured to receive second configuration information, and the processing unit is configured to determine the information of all layers according to the first information and the second configuration information received by the receiving unit. 2.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate information of a plurality of all layers, and the first information is also used to indicate information of one all layer of the information of the plurality of all layers; or,
  • the receiving unit 1001 is further configured to receive the second information
  • the processing unit 1002 is configured to determine the information of all layers according to the first information and the second information received by the receiving unit 1001,
  • the second information is used to indicate information of a second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the information of all layers includes information of the first number of layers and information of the second number of layers .
  • the processing unit 1002 is specifically configured to: according to the information of all layers, determine the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped;
  • the receiving unit 1001 is specifically configured to receive the first codeword according to the index number of the layer to which all the modulation symbols determined by the processing unit are respectively mapped.
  • the processing unit 1002 is specifically configured to determine the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and the first correspondence.
  • Index number, the first correspondence is a correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  • the processing unit 1002 is specifically configured to determine the index number of the layer to which the modulation symbol corresponding to the first codeword is mapped according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword;
  • the receiving unit 1001 is specifically configured to receive the first codeword according to the index numbers of the layers to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword respectively determined by the processing unit are mapped.
  • the processing unit 1002 is specifically configured to determine the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set and the second correspondence between the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols Index number, the second correspondence relationship is a correspondence relationship between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  • the first information and the second information satisfy a first condition
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following conditions: the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process identifier and the location indicated by the first information
  • the HARQ process identifier indicated by the second information is the same; or, the antenna port indicated by the first information is different from the antenna port indicated by the second information; or, the first codeword indicated by the first information corresponds to The first number of layers of information is different from the second number of layers of information corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the second information; or, the first information includes new data indicating information NDI and The NDI included in the second information is the same; or, the downlink allocation indication information DAI included in the first information is the same as the DAI included in the second information; or the codeword indication information included in the first information is the same as the The codeword indication information included in the second information is the same; or, the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information partially or completely overlap.
  • the receiving unit 1001 is further configured to receive third configuration information, the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information satisfy a second condition, and the second condition includes the following conditions At least one of: the third configuration information is used to indicate a first format, the format of the first information and the format of the second information are both the first format; or, the third configuration information is used to Indicating the first wireless network identity RNTI, the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI; Set, the resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first control resource set; or, the third configuration information is used to indicate a first search space, the first information The search space where the second information is located and the search space where the second information is located are the first search space.
  • the first number is p
  • the information of the first number of layers includes layer B 0 , layer B 1 ..., and layer B p-1 , where B 0 , B 1 ..., and B p-1 are The index number of the layer, the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is p, and each modulation symbol set in the all modulation symbols and the index of the layer included in the information of all layers
  • the corresponding relationship of the numbers includes: when p is 1, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to layer B 0 ; or, when p is 2, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include the first modulation A symbol set and a second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, and the second modulation The modulation symbols in the symbol set are mapped to layer B 1 , and the index number of the modul
  • the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 may be implemented by the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9.
  • the information receiving function of the receiving unit 1001 can be realized by the receiver 902 in the communication device 900
  • the transmission function of the transmitting unit 1003 can be realized by the transmitter 901 in the communication device 900
  • the processing function of the receiving unit 1001 And the processing function possessed by the processing unit 1002 can be realized by the controller / processor 903.
  • the function of the storage unit 1004 can be realized by the memory 803.
  • the above implementation of the communication device 1000 is merely an example, and should not be construed as a limitation on the implementation of the communication device 1000.
  • a modular communication device 1100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. If the communication device 1100 is a network device, the communication device 1100 may be used to perform the function of the network device 102 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1100 may include a transmission unit 1101, a storage unit 1102.
  • the communication device 1100 may further include a receiving unit 1103, configured to receive information sent by the terminal device 101 in the embodiment of the present application, such as first notification information and HARQ information.
  • the communication device 1100 may further include a processing unit 1104 for implementing the processing function of the network device 102.
  • the sending unit 1101 may be used to perform the steps shown in S101, S103 in FIG. 4 and / or S101, S103a in FIG. 4A, and / or the steps shown in S201 in FIG.
  • the sending unit 1101 may be further configured to send the second information, first configuration information, third configuration information, fourth configuration information, fifth configuration information or sixth configuration information involved in the present application to the terminal device 101, or a plurality of the above information Between.
  • the receiving unit 1103 may be used to perform the receiving step shown in S204 in FIG. 6 and / or to receive HARQ information sent by the terminal device 101 in this application.
  • the processing unit 1104 may be used to perform a process related to the network device 102 itself and / or other processes used by the network device 102 to perform the technology described in this application, for example, to determine the index number of the first number layer And / or used to determine the index number of all layers.
  • the storage unit 1102 may be used to store program instructions
  • the sending unit 1101 may be used to send first information, where the first information is used to indicate information of a first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the first number is less than all corresponding to the first codeword Number of layers, the first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and the number of all layers is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2;
  • the sending unit 1101 may be used to send the first codeword, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to all layers, or all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to all Describe the first number of layers.
  • the sending unit 1101 is further configured to send second information, the second information indicating information of a second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword.
  • the first information is also used to indicate the information of all the layers; or,
  • the sending unit 1101 is also used to:
  • Sending first configuration information the first configuration information is used to indicate the information of all the layers; or sending second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate the information of a plurality of all layers, the first information It is also used to indicate the information of one all layer in the plurality of information of all layers; or,
  • the information of all layers includes information of the first number of layers and information of the second number of layers.
  • the sending unit 1101 is specifically configured to send information of all layers, and the information of all layers is used to indicate an index number of a layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped; and Sending the first codeword according to the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are respectively mapped.
  • processing unit 1104 is specifically configured to:
  • the first correspondence is Correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  • the processing unit 1104 is specifically configured to determine the index number of the layer to which the modulation symbol corresponding to the first codeword is mapped according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword,
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to send the first codeword according to the index numbers of the layers respectively mapped by the modulation symbols determined by the processing unit.
  • the processing unit 1104 is specifically configured to determine the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and the second corresponding relationship Index number, the second correspondence relationship is a correspondence relationship between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  • the first information and the second information satisfy a first condition
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following conditions: the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process identifier and the location indicated by the first information
  • the HARQ process identifier indicated by the second information is the same; or, the antenna port indicated by the first information is different from the antenna port indicated by the second information; or, the first codeword indicated by the first information corresponds to The first number of layers of information is different from the second number of layers of information corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the second information; or, the first information includes new data indicating information NDI and The NDI included in the second information is the same; or, the downlink allocation indication information DAI included in the first information is the same as the DAI included in the second information; or the codeword indication information included in the first information is the same as the The codeword indication information included in the second information is the same; or, the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information partially or completely overlap.
  • the sending unit 1001 is further configured to send third configuration information, where the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information satisfy a second condition, and the second condition includes the following conditions At least one of: the third configuration information is used to indicate a first format, the format of the first information and the format of the second information are both the first format; or, the third configuration information is used to Indicating the first RNTI, the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI; or, the third configuration information is used to indicate the first set of control resources, The resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first control information set; or, the third configuration information is used to indicate the first search space, the search where the first information is located The space and the search space where the second information is located are the first search space.
  • the first number is p
  • the information of the first number of layers includes layer B 0 , layer B 1 ..., and layer B p-1 , where B 0 , B 1 ..., and B p-1 are The index number of the layer, the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is p, and each modulation symbol set in the all modulation symbols and the index of the layer included in the information of all layers
  • the corresponding relationship of the numbers includes: when p is 1, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to layer B 0 ; or,
  • all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set and a second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the first The index number of the modulation symbol in the modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i +1; or, when p is 3, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set, a second modulation symbol set, and a third modulation symbol set, and the modulation in the first modulation symbol set The symbol is mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , the second modulation symbol set The index number of the modulation symbol in is p * i + 1, the
  • the communication device 1100 shown in FIG. 11 may be implemented by the communication device 800 shown in FIG. 8.
  • the receiving function of the receiving unit 1103 and the sending function of the transmitting unit 1101 can be implemented by the transmitter / receiver 801 in the communication device 800
  • the processing function of the processing unit 1104 can be implemented by the controller / processor 802 .
  • the function of the storage unit 1103 can be realized by the memory 803.
  • the above implementation of the communication device 1100 is merely an example, and should not be construed as a limitation on the implementation of the communication device 1000.
  • the processor (such as the processor 801) mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general-purpose processors and digital signal processors (DSP). ), Application specific integrated circuit (application) specific integrated circuit (ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory (such as the memory 803) mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically Erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be a random access memory (random access memory, RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous RAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data SDRAM double data SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • direct RAMbus RAM direct RAMbus RAM, DR RAM
  • the memories and storage units described herein include but are not limited to these and any other suitable types of memories.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which some instructions are stored, and when these instructions are called and executed, the first device or the second device may execute the above method
  • the readable storage medium is not limited, for example, it may be RAM (random-access memory), ROM (read-only memory).
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which can cause the first device or the second device to execute the above method embodiments and method implementation when the computer program product is run by a computer Examples of the functions involved in any possible design.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, which can be coupled to a transceiver and used by a first device or a second device to implement any of the above method embodiments and method embodiments Possible functions involved in the design.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, the present application may take the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer usable program code.
  • computer usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a communication method and apparatus. The method comprises: when a network device indicates, to a terminal device, information of all layers of first codewords by means of multiple pieces of control information, the number of all the layers corresponding to the first codewords being greater than a first number of the first codewords indicated by any piece of information from among the multiple pieces of control information; and the network device sending the first codewords, and if all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codewords are mapped to all the layers corresponding to the first codewords, the terminal device receiving at least one piece of information from among the multiple pieces of control information, and the terminal device determining information of all the layers, and receiving the first codewords according to the information of all the layers; or the network device sending the first codewords, and if all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codewords are mapped to the first number of layers, the terminal device receiving the first codewords according to information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codewords. Thus, a terminal device can receive first codewords when only receiving some pieces of control information from among multiple pieces of control information.

Description

一种通信方法及装置Communication method and device
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-reference of related applications
本申请要求在2018年11月02日提交中国专利局、申请号为201811302948.7、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the priority of the Chinese patent application filed on November 02, 2018, with the application number 201811302948.7 and the application name "a communication method and device", the entire content of which is incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及移动通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)用于指示物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH),如指示PDSCH所占用的时频域资源、PDSCH的调制方式等指示信息,从而终端设备根据DCI确定在哪些时频资源上接收PDSCH。The downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) is used to indicate the physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH), such as indicating the time-frequency domain resources occupied by the PDSCH, the modulation method of the PDSCH, etc., so that the terminal device according to the DCI Determine on which time-frequency resources PDSCH is received.
在新无线接入技术(new radio access technology,NR)中,允许网络设备向终端设备发送多个DCI以指示相同个待发送的码字,这些DCI分别指示码字的调制符号映射到的不同层(layer),终端设备接收全部的DCI,可以在这些层上接收码字的调制符号,进一步通过解调、译码完成码字的接收。然而,在这些DCI中的部分DCI丢失的情况下,终端设备无法进行码字的接收,导致传输失败。In the new radio access technology (NR), network devices are allowed to send multiple DCIs to terminal devices to indicate the same codeword to be sent, and these DCIs respectively indicate different layers to which the modulation symbols of the codewords are mapped. (layer), the terminal device receives all DCI, can receive the modulation symbols of the codewords on these layers, and further completes the reception of the codewords through demodulation and decoding. However, in the case where some of the DCI is lost, the terminal device cannot receive the codeword, resulting in transmission failure.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,用以解决网络设备通过多个DCI指示相同码字时,终端设备无法根据其中部分DCI接收码字的技术问题。The present application provides a communication method and apparatus to solve the technical problem that when a network device indicates the same codeword through multiple DCIs, the terminal device cannot receive the codeword according to some of the DCI.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法由终端设备实施时,可由终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一信息,网络设备发送第一码字,若第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到第一码字对应的全部层,该终端设备确定所述全部层的信息,根据所述全部层的信息,接收所述第一码字,其中,第一信息用于指示第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,所述第一数量小于所述第一码字对应的全部层的数量,所述第一数量为大于等于1的正整数,所述全部层的数量为大于等于2的正整数。或者,若第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述第一数量的层,该终端设备根据第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,接收所述第一码字,其中,第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述第一数量的层。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. When the method is implemented by a terminal device, the terminal device can receive the first information sent by the network device, and the network device sends the first codeword. If the first codeword corresponds to all The modulation symbol is mapped to all layers corresponding to the first codeword, the terminal device determines the information of all layers, and receives the first codeword according to the information of all layers, wherein the first information is used to indicate the first Information of a first number of layers corresponding to a codeword, the first number is less than the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, the first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, the number of all layers It is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2. Or, if all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number of layers, the terminal device receives the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, where, All modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number of layers.
由于现有技术中,在网络设备通过多个DCI指示第一码字的不同层时,终端设备无法根据其中的部分DCI进行第一码字的接收,例如部分DCI发生丢失的情况下,终端设备无法进行第一码字的接收,因此传输可靠性较低。为解决该技术问题,根据本申请实施例提供的上述方案,终端设备可在仅收到第一信息的情况下,根据第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,或根据第一码字对应的全部层的信息和第一信息,接收第一码字,其中第一信息不是指示第一码字的全部层的信息,从而,本申请实施例提供的上述方案克服了现有技术中的网络设备通过多个DCI指示第一码字的不同层时,终端设备无法仅根据其中部分 DCI接收第一码字的技术问题,提高了码字传输效率。In the prior art, when the network device indicates different layers of the first codeword through multiple DCIs, the terminal device cannot receive the first codeword according to part of the DCI, for example, in the case where part of the DCI is lost, the terminal device The first codeword cannot be received, so the transmission reliability is low. To solve the technical problem, according to the above solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may receive the first information according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, or according to the first code Receiving the first codeword of all layers of information corresponding to the word and the first information, where the first information is not information indicating all layers of the first codeword, and therefore, the above solution provided by the embodiments of the present application overcomes the prior art When a network device instructs different layers of the first codeword through multiple DCIs, the terminal device cannot receive the first codeword only according to a part of the DCI, which improves the transmission efficiency of the codeword.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备还可以接收第一配置信息,之后根据所述第一配置信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示所述全部层的信息。或者,若第一信息中还指示全部层的信息时,所述终端设备还可以根据所述第一信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第一信息还用于指示所述全部层的信息。或者终端设备还可以接收第二配置信息,并根据所述第一信息和所述第二配置信息确定所述全部层的信息,其中,所述第二配置信息用于指示多个全部层的信息,所述第一信息还用于指示所述多个全部层的信息中的一个全部层的信息。或者,所述终端设备还可以接收第二信息,之后根据所述第一信息以及所述第二信息确定所述全部层的信息,其中,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息,所述全部层的信息包括所述第一数量的层的信息以及所述第二数量的层的信息。In a possible design, the terminal device may also receive the first configuration information, and then determine the information of the entire layer according to the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the information of the entire layer. Or, if the first information also indicates information of all layers, the terminal device may also determine the information of all layers according to the first information, and the first information is also used to indicate information of all layers . Or the terminal device may also receive second configuration information and determine the information of all layers according to the first information and the second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate information of multiple all layers , The first information is also used to indicate information of all layers of the plurality of information of all layers. Alternatively, the terminal device may also receive second information, and then determine the information of all layers according to the first information and the second information, where the second information is used to indicate the first codeword Corresponding to the information of the second number of layers, the information of all layers includes the information of the first number of layers and the information of the second number of layers.
根据以上设计,终端设备可确定第一码字对应的全部层的信息,在接收第一信息后以便根据第一码字对应的全部层的信息接收第一码字。可以理解的是,这里是终端设备根据第一码字对应的全部层的信息和第一信息接收第一码字。现有技术中终端设备没有确定第一码字的全部层的信息的步骤和方法,因此以上设计提供了一种新的方案,能够令终端设备确定全部层的信息,解决了终端设备在只接收到第一信息时无法准确接收第一码字的问题,以提高码字传输可靠性。According to the above design, the terminal device may determine the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, and receive the first information so as to receive the first codeword according to the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword. It can be understood that, here, the terminal device receives the first codeword according to the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword and the first information. In the prior art, the terminal device does not have the steps and methods for determining the information of all layers of the first codeword. Therefore, the above design provides a new solution that enables the terminal device to determine the information of all layers, and solves the problem that the terminal device only receives The problem that the first codeword cannot be accurately received when the first information is reached, so as to improve the transmission reliability of the codeword.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备在根据全部层的信息接收第一码字时,可根据所述全部层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,并根据所述全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,接收所述第一码字。In a possible design, when receiving the first codeword according to the information of all layers, the terminal device may determine the index of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the information of all the layers And receive the first codeword according to the index numbers of the layers to which all the modulation symbols are mapped.
以上设计提供了一种方案,由终端设备根据全部层的信息接收第一码字。该方案能够令终端设备根据第一码字对应的全部层的信息和第一信息接收第一码字,解决了终端设备在只接收到第一信息时无法准确接收第一码字的问题,提高了码字传输可靠性。The above design provides a solution in which the terminal device receives the first codeword according to the information of all layers. This solution enables the terminal device to receive the first codeword based on the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword and the first information, and solves the problem that the terminal device cannot accurately receive the first codeword when only the first information is received. Code word transmission reliability.
在一种可能的设计中,在确定第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号时,终端设备可以根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第一对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第一对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。In a possible design, when determining the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped, the terminal device may determine the first correspondence between the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbol in the all modulation symbols belongs and the first correspondence Relationship, determining the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped, the first correspondence is included in each modulation symbol set in the all modulation symbols and the information in the all layers Correspondence of layer index numbers.
根据以上涉及,终端设备可以根据全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第一对应关系,确定第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,该索引号可用于终端设备接收第一码字,而现有技术中终端设备在只接收到第一信息时无法准确全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,从而无法准确接收第一码字的问题,因此以上设计可提高码字传输可靠性。According to the above, the terminal device can determine the index number of the layer to which all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in all modulation symbols belong and the first correspondence, which can be used for the terminal The device receives the first codeword, and in the prior art, the terminal device cannot accurately receive the index information of the layer to which all modulation symbols are mapped when receiving only the first information, so that the first codeword cannot be accurately received. Therefore, the above design can Improve the reliability of codeword transmission.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备在根据第一数量的层的信息接收第一码字时,可根据所述第一码字对应的所述第一数量的层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,并所述终端设备根据所述全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,接收所述第一码字。In a possible design, when receiving the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers, the terminal device may determine the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword An index number of a layer to which modulation symbols corresponding to a codeword are respectively mapped, and the terminal device receives the first codeword according to an index number of a layer to which all modulation symbols are respectively mapped.
根据以上设计,终端设备可在接收第一信息后,根据第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息确定第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,该索引号可用于终端设备接收第一码字,现有技术中终端设备会将第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到全部的层上,这样终端设备在只接收到第一信息时无法准确全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,因此 以上设计使得第一码字对应的全部调制符号可以映射到每个信息指示的层上,从而使得终端设备在接收多个信息中的部分信息情况下,仍可以准确接收第一码字,因此可提高码字传输可靠性。According to the above design, after receiving the first information, the terminal device may determine the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped respectively according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword. The index number is available Since the terminal device receives the first codeword, in the prior art, the terminal device maps all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword to all layers, so that the terminal device cannot accurately receive all the modulation symbols when receiving only the first information. The index number of the mapped layer. Therefore, the above design allows all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword to be mapped to the layer indicated by each information, so that the terminal device can still accurately receive some of the multiple information. The first code word is received, so the transmission reliability of the code word can be improved.
在一种可能的设计中,在根据所述第一码字对应的所述第一数量的层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的调制符号分别映射的层的索引号时,终端设备可以根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第二对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第二对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。In a possible design, when determining the index number of the layer to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are respectively mapped according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, the terminal device The index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are respectively mapped may be determined according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and a second correspondence. The second correspondence is Correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all the modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all the layers.
根据以上设计,终端设备可根据全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第二对应关系,确定第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,该索引号可用于终端设备接收第一码字,而现有技术中终端设备会将第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到全部的层上,而不是单独映射到全部层中的部分层上,因此现有技术中终端设备没有给出确定该索引号的方案,因此以上设计可以在终端设备在接收多个信息中的部分信息情况下,仍可以确定映射的层的索引号以及调制符号的映射顺序和规则,从而可以准确接收第一码字,可提高码字传输可靠性。According to the above design, the terminal device can determine the index number of the layer to which all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set and the second correspondence between the modulation symbols in all the modulation symbols, which can be used for the terminal The device receives the first codeword, and in the prior art, the terminal device maps all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword to all layers, instead of individually mapping to some layers of all layers, so in the prior art The terminal device does not give a plan to determine the index number, so the above design can still determine the index number of the mapped layer and the mapping order and rules of modulation symbols when the terminal device receives part of the multiple information, thereby The first code word can be received accurately, and the transmission reliability of the code word can be improved.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息以及所述第二信息满足第一条件,所述第一条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:所述第一信息指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程标识与所述第二信息指示的HARQ进程标识相同;或者,所述第一信息指示的天线端口与所述第二信息指示的天线端口不同;或者,所述第一信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,与所述第二信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息不同;或者,所述第一信息包括的新数据指示信息NDI与所述第二信息包括的NDI相同;或者,所述第一信息包括的下行分配指示信息DAI与所述第二信息包括的DAI相同;或者,所述第一信息包括的码字指示信息与所述第二信息包括的码字指示信息相同;或者,所述第一信息指示的时频域资源与所述第二信息指示的时频域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。In a possible design, the first information and the second information satisfy a first condition, and the first condition includes at least one of the following conditions: a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process identifier indicated by the first information The same as the HARQ process identifier indicated by the second information; or, the antenna port indicated by the first information is different from the antenna port indicated by the second information; or, the first code indicated by the first information The information of the first number of layers corresponding to the word is different from the information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the second information; or, the new data indication information NDI included in the first information The same as the NDI included in the second information; or, the downlink allocation indication information DAI included in the first information is the same as the DAI included in the second information; or, the codeword indication information included in the first information is The codeword indication information included in the second information is the same; or, the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information partially overlap or completely overlap.
根据以上设计,终端设备在满足第一条件时执行本身涉及的通信方法,否则,终端设备不执行该通信方法,从而以上设计可避免终端设备在收到任何控制信息的情况下均需要执行本申请实施例提供的通信方法,造成系统调度不灵活,而应用此第一条件的隐式限定的方式,可以使得网络设备灵活进行多个控制信息指示相同码字或者多个控制信息指示不同码字的调度选择,进而终端设备在不满足第一条件时,确定网络设备此时的调度方式。According to the above design, the terminal device executes the communication method involved when the first condition is met, otherwise, the terminal device does not perform the communication method, so the above design can avoid the terminal device from having to execute this application when receiving any control information The communication method provided in the embodiment makes the system scheduling inflexible, and applying the implicitly-defined method of this first condition can enable the network device to flexibly perform multiple control information indicating the same codeword or multiple control information indicating different codewords. Scheduling selection, and then the terminal device determines the scheduling mode of the network device at this time when the first condition is not satisfied.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备还接收第三配置信息,其中,第三配置信息、第一信息以及第二信息之间满足第二条件,所述第二条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:所述第三配置信息用于指示第一格式,所述第一信息的格式以及所述第二信息的格式均为所述第一格式;或者,所述第三配置信息用于指示第一无线网络标识RNTI,加扰所述第一信息的RNTI以及加扰所述第二信息的RNTI均为所述第一RNTI;或者,所述第三配置信息用于指示第一控制资源集合,所述第一信息所在的资源以及所述第二信息所在的资源均属于所述第一控制资源集合;或者,所述第三配置信息用于指示第一搜索空间,所述第一信息所在的搜索空间以及所述第二信息所在的搜索空间为所述第一搜索空间。从而,可通过第二条件的设置,另终端设备在满足第二条件时执行本申请涉及的通信方法,否则,终端设备不执行该通信方法。In a possible design, the terminal device further receives third configuration information, where the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information satisfy a second condition, and the second condition includes at least one of the following conditions : The third configuration information is used to indicate a first format, the format of the first information and the format of the second information are both the first format; or, the third configuration information is used to indicate the first The wireless network identifier RNTI, the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI; or, the third configuration information is used to indicate the first set of control resources, so The resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first control resource set; or, the third configuration information is used to indicate the first search space, the search where the first information is located The space and the search space where the second information is located are the first search space. Therefore, through the setting of the second condition, another terminal device can execute the communication method involved in the present application when the second condition is satisfied, otherwise, the terminal device does not execute the communication method.
根据以上设计,终端设备在第三配置信息、第一信息以及第二信息满足第二条件时执 行本身涉及的通信方法,否则,终端设备不再执行该通信方法,用于第三配置信息可以是网络设备发送的,从而以上设计可由网络设备灵活配置终端设备在何时执行本申请实施例提供的通信方法,以避免终端设备在收到任何控制信息的情况下均需要执行本申请实施例提供的通信方法,造成系统调度不灵活,进而造成终端设备频繁检测此种多个控制信息导致的功耗增加。而应用此第二条件的隐式限定的方式,可以使得网络设备灵活进行多个控制信息指示相同码字或者多个控制信息指示不同码字的调度选择,进而终端设备在不满足第二条件时,不会进行相应的检测控制信息从而节省功率。According to the above design, the terminal device executes the communication method involved when the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information satisfy the second condition. Otherwise, the terminal device does not execute the communication method any more. The third configuration information may be Sent by the network device, so that the above design can be flexibly configured by the network device when the terminal device executes the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, so as to avoid that the terminal device needs to execute the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application when receiving any control information The communication method results in inflexible system scheduling, which in turn causes the terminal device to frequently detect such multiple control information and increase power consumption. By applying the implicit limitation of the second condition, the network device can flexibly perform scheduling selection of multiple control information indicating the same code word or multiple control information indicating different code words, and then when the terminal device does not satisfy the second condition , The corresponding detection and control information will not be performed to save power.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备在确定第一条件与第二条件均满足时,执行本申请提供的通信方法。或者终端设备在确定满足第一条件或第二条件中的一个后,执行本申请涉及的通信方法。In a possible design, the terminal device executes the communication method provided in this application when it is determined that both the first condition and the second condition are satisfied. Or, after determining that one of the first condition or the second condition is satisfied, the terminal device executes the communication method involved in the present application.
根据以上设计,可以进一步灵活配置终端设备在何时执行本申请实施例提供的通信方法,以避免终端设备在收到任何控制信息的情况下均需要执行本申请实施例提供的通信方法,造成系统调度不灵活,导致系统资源利用率较低。According to the above design, it is possible to further flexibly configure when the terminal device executes the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application to avoid that the terminal device needs to execute the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application when receiving any control information, resulting in a system The scheduling is not flexible, resulting in a low utilization rate of system resources.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备还可接收第四配置信息,其中,该第四配置信息用于指示所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到第一数量的层,所述第一数量的层为所述第一码字对应的调制符号映射到的层的全部层数中的部分层。In a possible design, the terminal device may also receive fourth configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to indicate that all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to a first number of layers, and the first A number of layers is a part of the total number of layers to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped.
根据以上设计,网络设备可指示终端设备根据第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息进行第一码字的接收,可实现终端设备的接收方式的灵活配置,从而可以根据当前系统情况确定终端设备的接收方式,进而提高终端设备的码字接收可靠性。According to the above design, the network device may instruct the terminal device to receive the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword. The receiving method of the terminal device, thereby improving the reliability of the code word reception of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备还可接收第五配置信息,所述第五配置信息用于指示所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述全部层,所述全部层为所述第一码字对应的调制符号映射到的层的全部层数。In a possible design, the terminal device may also receive fifth configuration information, where the fifth configuration information is used to indicate that all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the all layers, and the all layers are The total number of layers to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped.
根据以上设计,网络设备可指示终端设备根据第一码字对应的全部层的信息进行第一码字的接收,可实现终端设备的接收方式的灵活配置,从而可以根据当前系统情况确定终端设备的接收方式,进而以提高终端设备的码字接收效率。According to the above design, the network device can instruct the terminal device to receive the first codeword according to the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, which can realize the flexible configuration of the receiving mode of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be determined according to the current system situation The receiving method can further improve the codeword receiving efficiency of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备还可发送第一通知信息,所述第一通知信息用于指示所述终端设备能够在至少两个信息分别指示的相同码字的不同层的信息时,接收所述至少两个信息。In a possible design, the terminal device may also send first notification information, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the terminal device is capable of indicating at least two pieces of information of different layers of the same codeword indicated by the information, Receiving the at least two pieces of information.
根据以上设计,终端设备可通过第一通知信息告知网络设备自身不支持通过多个DCI指示相同码字的不同层,从而,网络设备可以获知终端设备的能力决定是否执行本申请实施例提供的通信方法,以避免在终端设备不支持的情况下仍发送,从而保证系统传输效率。According to the above design, the terminal device can inform the network device that it does not support different layers indicating the same codeword through multiple DCIs through the first notification information, so that the network device can learn the capabilities of the terminal device and decide whether to perform the communication provided by the embodiments of the present application Method to avoid sending when the terminal device does not support it, thereby ensuring system transmission efficiency.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备还可接收第六配置信息,所述第六配置信息用于指示终端设备在至少两个信息分别指示的相同码字的不同层的信息时,接收所述至少两个信息。根据以上设计,终端设备可在收到第六配置信息后根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收第一码字,在未接收第六配置信息时,可不根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收第一码字,从而可由网络设备灵活配置终端设备在何时执行本申请实施例提供的通信方法,从而可以根据当前系统情况确定终端设备的接收方式,与此同时可以避免终端设备在收到任何控制的情况下均需要执行本申请实施例提供的通信方法,造成终端设备的功耗增加。In a possible design, the terminal device may also receive sixth configuration information, where the sixth configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the information when different layers of information of the same codeword indicated by at least two pieces of information respectively At least two messages. According to the above design, after receiving the sixth configuration information, the terminal device may receive the first codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, and may not receive the first codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application when the sixth configuration information is not received. The first codeword, so that the network device can flexibly configure when the terminal device performs the communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application, so that the receiving method of the terminal device can be determined according to the current system situation, and at the same time, the terminal device can be prevented from receiving any In the case of control, it is necessary to execute the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application, which causes the power consumption of the terminal device to increase.
在一种可能的设计中,所述全部层的索引号中的最小索引号为0,第一码字对应的全部层的数量为N,所述全部层的索引号中的最大索引号为N-1,所述全部层的索引号是连 续的;或者,所述全部层的信息包括所述全部层的最小索引号和所述第一码字对应的全部层的数量,所述全部层的索引号是连续的;或者,所述全部层的信息包括所述全部层的最大索引号和所述第一码字对应的全部层的数量,所述全部层的索引号是连续的。In a possible design, the minimum index number of the index numbers of all layers is 0, the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword is N, and the maximum index number of the index numbers of all layers is N -1, the index numbers of all layers are continuous; or, the information of all layers includes the minimum index number of all layers and the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, the The index numbers are continuous; or, the information of all layers includes the maximum index number of all layers and the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the index numbers of all layers are continuous.
根据以上设计,可令终端设备根据全部层的数量确定全部层的索引号,该索引号可用于终端设备接收第一码字,从而以上设计通过全部层的数量确定全部层的索引号可以减少系统信令开销,可提高系统传输效率。According to the above design, the terminal device can determine the index number of all layers according to the number of all layers, and the index number can be used for the terminal device to receive the first codeword, so that the above design determines the index number of all layers by the number of all layers to reduce the system Signaling overhead can improve system transmission efficiency.
在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一码字对应的全部层的数量为q,所述全部层的信息包括层A 0、层A 1…以及层A q-1,其中A 0、A 1…以及A q-1为层的索引号,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括的调制符号集合的数量为q,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号中的调制符号集合包括第一调制符号集合和第二调制符号集合,所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系包括:所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层A 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为q*i;或者,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层A q-1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为q*i+q-1;或者,其中,i为0到
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000001
的整数,M为所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量。
In a possible design, if the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword is q, the information of all layers includes layer A 0 , layer A 1 ..., and layer A q-1 , where A 0 , A 1 ... And A q-1 are layer index numbers, the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is q, and modulation symbols in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword The set includes a first set of modulation symbols and a second set of modulation symbols. The correspondence between each set of modulation symbols in the total modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers includes: the first modulation symbol The modulation symbols in the set are mapped to layer A 0 , and the index number of the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set is q * i; or, the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set are mapped to layer A q-1 , The index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is q * i + q-1; or, where i is 0 to
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000001
, M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword.
根据以上设计,可令终端设备根据全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系,确定全部层的索引号,该索引号可用于终端设备接收第一码字,从而使得终端设备在只接收到多个控制信息中的部分控制信息情况下,仍可以通过对应关系获知全部调制符号的映射方式,从而可以进行第一码字的接收,因此以上设计可提高码字传输可靠性。According to the above design, the terminal device can be used to determine the index number of all layers according to the correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers. The index number can be used for the terminal device to receive the One codeword, so that the terminal device can still learn the mapping method of all modulation symbols through the corresponding relationship when receiving only part of the control information in the multiple control information, so that the first codeword can be received, so the above design Can improve the reliability of codeword transmission.
在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一数量为p,所述第一数量的层的信息包括层B 0、层B 1…以及层B p-1,其中B 0、B 1。。。。以及B p-1为层的索引号,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括的调制符号集合的数量为p,可采用以下方式设置全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系:当p为1,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到层B 0;或者,当p为2,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合和第二调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1;或者,当p为3,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合和第三调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,第三调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2;或者,当p为4,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合、第三调制符号集合和第四调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 3,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+3; 其中,i为0到
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000002
的整数,M为所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量。
In a possible design, if the first number is p, the information of the first number of layers includes layer B 0 , layer B 1 ... And layer B p-1 , where B 0 and B 1. . . . And B p-1 is the index number of the layer, and the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is p, and each modulation symbol set and the Correspondence of the index numbers of the layers included in the information of all layers: when p is 1, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to layer B 0 ; or, when p is 2, the first codeword corresponds to All modulation symbols of include the first modulation symbol set and the second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 1 , the index number of the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 1; or, when p is 3, the All modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set, a second modulation symbol set, and a third modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the first modulation Modulation in the set of symbols Number of index number p * i, mapping the modulation symbols in the second set of modulation symbols into a layer B 1, index modulation symbols in the second set of modulation symbols for p * i + 1, a second The modulation symbols in the three modulation symbol sets are mapped to layer B 2 , and the index number of the modulation symbols in the third modulation symbol set is p * i + 2; or, when p is 4, all modulations corresponding to the first codeword The symbols include a first modulation symbol set, a second modulation symbol set, a third modulation symbol set, and a fourth modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , and the first modulation symbol set The index number of the modulation symbol in is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 1, The modulation symbols in the third modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 2 , the index number of the modulation symbols in the third modulation symbol set is p * i + 2, and the modulation symbols in the fourth modulation symbol set are mapped the layer B 3, the fourth modulation symbols in the set of modulation symbols The index number p * i + 3; wherein, i is 0 to
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000002
, M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword.
根据以上设计,可令终端设备方便地根据全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系,确定全部层的索引号,该索引号可用于终端设备接收第一码字,从而使得终端设备在只接收到多个控制信息中的部分控制信息情况下,仍可以通过对应关系获知全部调制符号的映射方式,从而可以进行第一码字的接收,因此以上设计可提高码字传输可靠性。According to the above design, the terminal device can conveniently determine the index number of all layers according to the correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers, which can be used for the terminal device Receiving the first codeword, so that the terminal device can still learn the mapping method of all modulation symbols through the corresponding relationship when receiving only part of the control information in the multiple control information, so that the first codeword can be received, so The above design can improve the reliability of codeword transmission.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供的另一种资源确定方法,可由网络设备实施。In the second aspect, another resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a network device.
网络设备可用于发送第一信息,以及,发送第一码字,其中,第一信息用于指示第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,所述第一数量小于所述第一码字对应的全部层的数量,所述第一数量大于等于1的正整数,所述全部层的数量为大于等于2的正整数,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述全部层,或者,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述第一数量的层。The network device may be used to send first information and send a first codeword, where the first information is used to indicate information of a first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, the first number being less than the first code The number of all layers corresponding to a word, the first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, the number of all layers is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the all Layers, or all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number of layers.
在一种可能的设计中,网络设备还发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息。In a possible design, the network device further sends second information, the second information indicating information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword.
在一种可能的设计中,所述网络设备还可发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者,所述第一信息还用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者,所述网络设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示多个全部层的信息,所述第一信息还用于指示所述多个全部层的信息中的一个全部层的信息;或者,所述网络设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息,所述全部层的信息包括所述第一数量的层的信息以及所述第二数量的层的信息。通过以上方法,网络设备可令终端设备确定第一码字对应的全部层的信息。In a possible design, the network device may also send first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the information of all the layers; or, the first information is also used to indicate the entire Layer information; or, the network device sends second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate information of multiple all layers, and the first information is also used to indicate information of the multiple all layers All the layers of information; or, the network device sends second information indicating the information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the information of all layers includes the first Information of a number of layers and information of the second number of layers. Through the above method, the network device can make the terminal device determine the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword.
在一种可能的设计中,在网络设备发送所述第一码字时,若所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述全部层,所述网络设备还可发送所述全部层的信息,所述全部层的信息用于指示所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,并根据所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,发送所述第一码字。In a possible design, when the network device sends the first codeword, if all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the all layers, the network device may also send the all layers Information, the information of all layers is used to indicate the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped, and the index of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped respectively Number, sending the first codeword.
在一种可能的设计中,网络设备可根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第一对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第一对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。In a possible design, the network device may determine the index of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and the first correspondence relationship No., the first correspondence is a correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
在一种可能的设计中,在网络设备发送所述第一码字时,若所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述第一数量的层,所述网络设备可根据所述第一码字对应的所述第一数量的层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,并根据所述全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,发送所述第一码字。In a possible design, when the network device sends the first codeword, if all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number of layers, the network device may The information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, determining the index number of the layer to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are respectively mapped, and according to the index number of the layer to which all the modulation symbols are respectively mapped, Sending the first codeword.
在一种可能的设计中,网络设备可根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第二对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第二对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。In a possible design, the network device may determine the index of the layer to which all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set and the second correspondence between the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols No., the second correspondence is a correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
在一种可能的设计中,所述网络设备还可以发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息用于指示所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到第一数量的层,所述第一数量的层为所述 第一码字对应的调制符号映射到的层为所述全部层数中的部分层。或者,网络设备还可以发送第五配置信息,所述第五配置信息用于指示所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述全部层,所述全部层为所述第一码字对应的调制符号映射到的层的全部层数。从而网络设备可通过第四配置信息,指示终端设备根据第一数量的层的信息接收第一码字,或通过第五配置信息,指示终端设备根据全部层的信息接收第一码字。In a possible design, the network device may also send fourth configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to indicate that all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to a first number of layers, the The first number of layers is the layer to which the modulation symbol corresponding to the first codeword is mapped is a part of the total number of layers. Alternatively, the network device may also send fifth configuration information, where the fifth configuration information is used to indicate that all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the all layers, and the all layers are the first codeword The total number of layers to which the corresponding modulation symbol is mapped. Therefore, the network device may instruct the terminal device to receive the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers through the fourth configuration information, or instruct the terminal device to receive the first codeword according to the information of all layers through the fifth configuration information.
在一种可能的设计中,网络设备还可以接收第一通知信息,所述第一通知信息用于指示所述终端设备能够在至少两个信息分别指示的相同码字的不同层的信息时,接收所述至少两个信息。从而网络设备在接收第一通知信息后,可不再向终端设备发送第一信息,不再指示终端设备根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收第一码字。In a possible design, the network device may also receive first notification information, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the terminal device is capable of indicating information of different layers of the same codeword indicated by at least two pieces of information, Receiving the at least two pieces of information. Therefore, after receiving the first notification information, the network device may no longer send the first information to the terminal device, and no longer instruct the terminal device to receive the first codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的设计中,还可以发送第六配置信息,所述第六配置信息用于指示终端设备在至少两个信息分别指示的相同码字的不同层的信息时,接收所述至少两个信息。从而网络设备可通过第六配置信息指示终端设备接收至少两个信息分别指示的相同码字的不同层的信息,从而指示终端设备根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收第一码字。In a possible design, the sixth configuration information may also be sent, and the sixth configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the at least two pieces of information of different layers of the same codeword indicated by at least two pieces of information, respectively. Information. Therefore, the network device may instruct the terminal device to receive information of different layers of the same codeword indicated by at least two pieces of information through the sixth configuration information, thereby instructing the terminal device to receive the first codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中终端设备行为的功能。所述功能可通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that has a function to implement the terminal device behavior in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect. The above function can be realized by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
在一个可能的设计中,该通信装置的结构中可包括存储单元、接收单元与处理单元。接收单元可用于通信装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中终端设备涉及的接收操作,例如,可用于通信装置接收第一信息以及根据第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,接收所述第一码字。通信装置还可包括确定单元,用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中由终端设备执行的确定操作,如确定第一码字对应的全部层的信息,接收单元还可根据全部层的信息,接收第一码字。In a possible design, the structure of the communication device may include a storage unit, a receiving unit, and a processing unit. The receiving unit may be used by the communication device to perform the receiving operation related to the terminal device in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, for example, may be used by the communication device to receive the first information and the first corresponding to the first codeword The number of layers of information is received by the first codeword. The communication device may further include a determination unit for performing the determination operation performed by the terminal device in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, such as determining information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, the receiving unit The first codeword can also be received based on the information of all layers.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供另一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第二方面或第二方面提供的方法中网络设备行为的功能。所述功能可通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。According to a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides another communication apparatus, which has a function to implement the behavior of a network device in the second aspect or the method provided in the second aspect. The above function can be realized by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
在一个可能的设计中,该通信装置的结构中可包括发送单元和存储单元。存储单元可用于存储程序指令。发送单元可用于通信装置执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中网络设备涉及的发送操作,例如,可用于通信装置发送第一信息以及第一码字。通信装置还可包括确定单元,用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中由网络设备执行的确定操作,如根据第一数量的层的信息或全部层的信息确定第一码字的全部调制符号分别映射的层。In a possible design, the structure of the communication device may include a sending unit and a storage unit. The storage unit can be used to store program instructions. The sending unit may be used by the communication device to perform the sending operation related to the network device in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, for example, may be used by the communication device to send the first information and the first codeword. The communication device may further include a determination unit for performing the determination operation performed by the network device in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, such as determining based on the information of the first number of layers or the information of all layers A layer to which all modulation symbols of the first codeword are mapped separately.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备,该终端设备具有实现上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中终端设备行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。所述模块可以是软件和/或硬件。According to a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device having a function that implements the behavior of the terminal device in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect. The function can be realized by hardware, or can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. The module may be software and / or hardware.
在一个可能的设计中,终端设备的结构中包括接收器和处理器,所述接收器被配置为支持终端设备接收上述基站为终端设备配置的第一DRX长周期,第二DRX长周期,激活DRX指示或者去激活DRX指示等各种指令。所述处理器控制终端设备根据所述接收器接收的第一DRX长周期,去激活DRX指示,或者第二DRX长周期接收寻呼。In a possible design, the structure of the terminal device includes a receiver and a processor, the receiver is configured to support the terminal device to receive the first DRX long period and the second DRX long period configured by the base station for the terminal device, and activate DRX instruction or DRX instruction and other instructions. The processor controls the terminal device to deactivate the DRX indication according to the first DRX long period received by the receiver, or receive the paging in the second DRX long period.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储指令,这些指令 在计算机中被调用执行时,可以使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面所述方法实施例、方法实施例的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能。According to a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing instructions. When these instructions are called and executed in a computer, the computer may execute the method embodiment described in the first aspect or the second aspect. 1. The functions involved in any possible design of the method embodiments.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品被计算机运行时,可以使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面所述方法实施例、方法实施例的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能。According to a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product. When the computer program product is run by a computer, the computer can cause the computer to execute any of the method embodiments of the first aspect or the second aspect or any of the method embodiments The functions involved in a possible design.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片,该芯片可以与收发器耦合,用于实现上述第一方面或第二方面所述方法实施例、方法实施例的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能。According to a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip that can be coupled to a transceiver and used to implement any one of the possible design methods described in the first aspect or the second aspect or the method embodiments. The functions involved.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种系统,包括上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的设计中的终端设备,以及上述第四方面或第四方面的任意一种可能的设计中的网络设备。According to an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a system including the terminal device in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, and the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect Network equipment in the.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信系统的架构示意图;1 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种NR的无线通信系统的架构示意图;2 is a schematic structural diagram of an NR wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种多TRP传输的无线通信系统的架构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of a multi-TRP transmission wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4A为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程示意图;4A is a schematic flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的调制符号的层映射方法的示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of a layer mapping method for modulation symbols provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一HARQ反馈的流程示意图;6 is a schematic flowchart of a HARQ feedback provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的另一种调制符号的层映射方法的示意图;7 is a schematic diagram of another layer mapping method for modulation symbols provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;9 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;10 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device according to an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步地详细描述。方法实施例中的具体操作方法也可以应用于装置实施例或系统实施例中。其中,在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of the present application more clear, the present application will be described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The specific operation method in the method embodiment may also be applied to the device embodiment or the system embodiment. In the description of the present application, unless otherwise stated, the meaning of "plurality" is two or more.
下面对本申请涉及或可能涉及的词语进行解释:The following explains the words involved or may be involved in this application:
1、至少一个,是指一个,或一个以上,即包括一个、两个、三个及以上。1. At least one refers to one, or more than one, including one, two, three or more.
2、携带,可以是指某消息用于承载某信息或数据,也可以是指某消息由某信息构成。2. Carrying, which can mean that a message is used to carry certain information or data, or it can mean that a message is composed of certain information.
3、信道,可以是指承载信息的载体,如,发送端可以发送信道,接收端可接收这个信道,进而解调译码这个信道上的信息;信道也可以是指上行或下行无线传播环境中的虚拟信道,这里的信道不是承载信息,而是实体空间内的虚拟传播路径。3. A channel can refer to a carrier that carries information. For example, the sending end can send a channel, and the receiving end can receive the channel, and then demodulate and decode the information on the channel; the channel can also refer to an uplink or downlink wireless propagation environment. Virtual channel, where the channel is not carrying information, but a virtual propagation path in the physical space.
4、码字(code word,CW),在本申请实施例中也可将码字理解为传输块(transport block,TB)。在本申请实施例中,第一码字可以是一个也是多个码字,例如第一码字包括2个码字,本申请不做限定。4. A code word (code, word, CW). In the embodiment of the present application, the code word may also be understood as a transport block (transport block, TB). In the embodiment of the present application, the first codeword may be one or more codewords. For example, the first codeword includes 2 codewords, which is not limited in this application.
5、调制符号,当数据的发送端对数据进行编码和调制之后,会形成多个调制符号, 这些调制符号是承载了编码后数据的信息。在本申请中,将码字经过编码和调制之后形成的全部调制符号,称为码字对应的全部调制符号。以及,将码字经过编码和调制之后形成的全部调制符号中的部分调制符号,称为码字对应的调制符号,或码字对应的部分调制符号。5. Modulation symbols. When the data sending end encodes and modulates the data, multiple modulation symbols will be formed. These modulation symbols are the information that carries the encoded data. In this application, all modulation symbols formed after the codeword is encoded and modulated are called all modulation symbols corresponding to the codeword. And, a partial modulation symbol among all the modulation symbols formed after the codeword is encoded and modulated is called a modulation symbol corresponding to the codeword, or a partial modulation symbol corresponding to the codeword.
6、层,在传输码字时,通过层映射可将码字对应的调制符号映射到不同的层上,层与天线端口之间存在对应关系,从而通过层对应的天线端口实现调制符号的发送。在本申请实施例中,网络设备可通过DCI向终端设备指示码字对应的层的信息,由终端设备根据层的信息接收码字,如,DCI可告知码字对应的层的数量和/或层的索引号。应理解,在本申请实施例中,可通过一个DCI将码字的全部调制符号映射到的全部层中的部分层向终端设备进行指示。在本申请中,可将码字的全部调制符号映射的全部层,称为码字对应的全部层;将码字的全部调制符号映射到的全部层中的部分层,称为码字对应的层、码字对应的部分层,或者,根据部分层的层数,将部分层称为码字对应的第N数量的层,第N数量等于部分层的层数,N为正整数。在本申请实施例中,网络设备可携带指示层数的信息和/或指示层的索引号的信息,向终端设备指示码字映射到的层。例如,网络设备可在向终端设备发送的DCI中携带数量,以指示码字映射到的层的层数;DCI也可携带层的索引号,如携带层0、层1以及层2的索引号,表示将码字映射到层0、层1以及层2这三个层,如携带层1以及层3的索引号,表示将码字映射到层1以及层3这两个层。6. Layers, when transmitting codewords, the modulation symbols corresponding to the codewords can be mapped to different layers through layer mapping, and there is a correspondence between the layers and the antenna ports, so that the modulation symbols can be transmitted through the antenna ports corresponding to the layers . In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may indicate the layer information corresponding to the codeword to the terminal device through DCI, and the terminal device receives the codeword according to the layer information, for example, DCI may inform the number of layers corresponding to the codeword and / or The index number of the layer. It should be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, a DCI may be used to indicate to the terminal device part of all layers to which all modulation symbols of the codeword are mapped. In this application, all layers to which all modulation symbols of the codeword are mapped are called all layers corresponding to the codeword; some layers of all layers to which all modulation symbols of the codeword are mapped are called corresponding to the codeword The layer, the partial layer corresponding to the codeword, or, according to the number of partial layers, the partial layer is called the Nth number of layers corresponding to the codeword, the Nth number is equal to the number of partial layers, and N is a positive integer. In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may carry information indicating the number of layers and / or information indicating the index number of the layer, and indicate to the terminal device the layer to which the codeword is mapped. For example, the network device may carry the number in the DCI sent to the terminal device to indicate the number of layers to which the codeword is mapped; the DCI may also carry the index number of the layer, such as carrying the index numbers of layer 0, layer 1, and layer 2 Indicates that the codeword is mapped to the three layers of layer 0, layer 1 and layer 2, such as carrying the index numbers of layer 1 and layer 3, indicating that the codeword is mapped to the two layers of layer 1 and layer 3.
下面结合附图对本申请实施例进行详细说明。首先,介绍本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统,之后介绍本申请实施例提供的通信方法的具体实现方式,最后介绍本申请实施例提供的执行所述通信方法的设备、装置。The embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings. First, the wireless communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced, then the specific implementation of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced, and finally the equipment and device for performing the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application are introduced.
如图1所示,本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统110可包括终端设备101以及网络设备102,其中,本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统110的应用场景包括但不限于第五代(5th Generation,5G)系统。其中,5G系统还可以称为NR系统。As shown in FIG. 1, the wireless communication system 110 provided by the embodiment of the present application may include a terminal device 101 and a network device 102, where the application scenarios of the wireless communication system 110 provided by the embodiment of the present application include but are not limited to the fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) system. Among them, 5G system can also be called NR system.
示例性的,终端设备101可以是终端(terminal)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal)等设备,该终端设备101能够与一个或多个通信系统的一个或多个网络设备进行通信,并接受网络设备提供的网络服务,这里的网络设备包括但不限于图示网络设备102。举例来说,本申请实施例中的终端设备101可以是移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)、具有移动终端的计算机等,终端设备101还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置。终端设备101也可以是具有通信模块的通信芯片。Exemplarily, the terminal device 101 may be a terminal (terminal), a mobile station (MS), a mobile terminal (mobile terminal), etc. The terminal device 101 can communicate with one or more networks of one or more communication systems The device communicates and accepts network services provided by the network device. The network device here includes but is not limited to the illustrated network device 102. For example, the terminal device 101 in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (or referred to as a “cellular” phone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc. The terminal device 101 may also be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in computer Mobile device The terminal device 101 may also be a communication chip having a communication module.
网络设备102可包括基站(base station,BS),或包括基站以及用于控制基站的无线资源管理设备等,具体的,该网络设备102可以为收发节点(transmission/reception point,TRP)、中继站(或称中继设备)、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的基站或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的基站等,例如,NR基站,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device 102 may include a base station (BS), or include a base station and a radio resource management device for controlling the base station, etc. Specifically, the network device 102 may be a transmission / reception node (TRP), a relay station ( (Or relay equipment), access points, in-vehicle equipment, wearable devices, and base stations in future 5G networks or base stations in future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) networks, such as NR base stations The embodiments of the present application are not limited.
应理解,上述无线通信系统110可应用于NR场景,如图2所示,一种示例性的NR场景可包括NR的核心网201,NR场景还可包括新无线的接入网202,其中NR的核心网201与新无线的接入网202之间通过接口实现交互。NR场景下,用于实现本申请实施例所涉及的通信方法的功能实体可以是基站、终端。具体来说,本申请实施例所涉及的终端设备101可以包括连接新无线接入网202的基站所连接的终端设备,例如图2所示的终端设备203,该终端设备203通过无线链路连接至接入网基站204,接入网基站204可为新无 线接入网202中的一个基站;本申请实施例所涉及的终端设备101还可包括与中继连接的终端设备,例如图2所示的终端设备205,其中,终端设备205与中继站206连接,中继站206通过中继链路连接至接入网基站204。本申请实施例所涉及的网络设备102,可以是如图2所示的新无线接入网202的中的接入网基站204,也可以是如图2所示的连接至接入网基站204的中继站206。It should be understood that the above wireless communication system 110 may be applied to an NR scenario. As shown in FIG. 2, an exemplary NR scenario may include a core network 201 of NR, and the NR scenario may also include a new wireless access network 202, where NR Between the core network 201 and the new wireless access network 202 through the interface. In the NR scenario, the functional entities used to implement the communication method involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a base station or a terminal. Specifically, the terminal device 101 involved in the embodiment of the present application may include a terminal device connected to a base station connected to the new wireless access network 202, for example, the terminal device 203 shown in FIG. 2, and the terminal device 203 is connected through a wireless link To the access network base station 204, the access network base station 204 may be a base station in the new wireless access network 202; the terminal device 101 involved in the embodiment of the present application may further include a terminal device connected to the relay, such as that shown in FIG. 2 The terminal device 205 shown, wherein the terminal device 205 is connected to a relay station 206, and the relay station 206 is connected to the access network base station 204 through a relay link. The network device 102 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the access network base station 204 in the new wireless access network 202 shown in FIG. 2, or may be connected to the access network base station 204 as shown in FIG.的 Relay 站 206.
应理解,本申请实施例所涉及的无线通信系统110中,网络设备102的数量可以为一个或多个,若网络设备102的数量为多个,网络设备102与终端设备101之间可通过多TRP传输方式进行传输。It should be understood that in the wireless communication system 110 involved in the embodiments of the present application, the number of network devices 102 may be one or more. If the number of network devices 102 is multiple, the number of network devices 102 and terminal devices 101 may TRP transmission method for transmission.
以多TRP传输为例,如图3所示,在多TRP传输模式下,可通过多个空间位置不同的TRP与终端设备101之间进行多TRP传输,以提高通信系统的抗空间干扰能力。其中,多个TRP之间可以是理想回程也可以是非理想回程,理想回程的含义为多个TRP之间进行交互信息时没有时延,即可以随时快速任意交互数据或控制信息;非理想回程的含义为多个TRP之间进行交互信息时有时延,即不能快速交互信息且信息只能缓慢交互。Taking multi-TRP transmission as an example, as shown in FIG. 3, in the multi-TRP transmission mode, multi-TRP transmission can be performed between multiple TRPs with different spatial positions and the terminal device 101 to improve the anti-spatial interference capability of the communication system. Among them, multiple TRPs can be ideal backhauls or non-ideal backhauls. The meaning of ideal backhauls is that there is no delay when interacting information between multiple TRPs, that is, data or control information can be quickly and arbitrarily exchanged at any time; The implication is that there is a delay in the exchange of information between multiple TRPs, that is, information cannot be exchanged quickly and information can only be exchanged slowly.
举例来说,在由TRP1、TRP2向终端设备101进行多TRP传输时,可将需要发送至终端设备101的第一码字(Codeword,CW)的调制符号映射到多个层(layer)上,如映射至层0、层1以及层2,其中,TRP1可向终端设备101发送第一信息,例如第一DCI,用于指示将第一CW的调制符号映射至层0、层1上,TRP2可向终端设备101发送第二信息,例如第二DCI,用于指示将第一CW的调制符号映射至层2,终端设备101在接收第一信息与第二信息后,在层0、层1以及层2进行第一CW的调制符号的接收,并之后进行解码第一CW。For example, during multi-TRP transmission from TRP1 and TRP2 to the terminal device 101, the modulation symbol of the first codeword (CW) that needs to be sent to the terminal device 101 can be mapped onto multiple layers, For example, mapping to layer 0, layer 1 and layer 2, where TRP1 can send the first information to the terminal device 101, for example, the first DCI, which is used to instruct to map the modulation symbol of the first CW to layer 0, layer 1, TRP2 The second information can be sent to the terminal device 101, for example, the second DCI, which is used to instruct the mapping of the modulation symbol of the first CW to layer 2, and after receiving the first information and the second information, the terminal device 101 is at layer 0 and layer 1. And layer 2 performs the reception of the modulation symbol of the first CW, and then decodes the first CW.
以图1所示的无线通信系统110为例,如图4所示,本申请实施例提供的通信方法可包括以下步骤:Taking the wireless communication system 110 shown in FIG. 1 as an example, and as shown in FIG. 4, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
S101:网络设备102向终端设备101发送第一信息,第一信息用于指示第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,第一数量小第一码字对应的全部层的数量,所述第一数量为大于等于1的正整数,所述全部层的数量为大于等于2的正整数。S101: The network device 102 sends first information to the terminal device 101. The first information is used to indicate the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword. The first number is smaller than the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword. The first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and the number of all layers is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
S102:该终端设备101接收该第一消息。S102: The terminal device 101 receives the first message.
S103:该网络设备102向终端设备101发送第一码字,其中,该第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到全部层,执行S104。S103: The network device 102 sends a first codeword to the terminal device 101, where all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to all layers, and S104 is executed.
S104:该终端设备101确定全部层的信息,根据该全部层的信息接收该第一码字。S104: The terminal device 101 determines information of all layers, and receives the first codeword according to the information of all layers.
图4A为本申请提供的另一个实施例,与图4所示的实施例不同之处在于:FIG. 4A is another embodiment provided by this application, which is different from the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 in that:
S103a:该网络设备102向终端设备101发送第一码字,其中,该第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到第一数量的层。S103a: The network device 102 sends a first codeword to the terminal device 101, where all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to a first number of layers.
S104a:该终端设备101根据该第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,接收该第一码字。S104a: The terminal device 101 receives the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword.
在上述实施例中,在网络设备102通过多个控制信息(如多个DCI)向终端设备101指示第一码字的全部层的信息时,若第一码字对应的全部层的数量大于第一信息所指示的第一码字的第一数量,此时,根据以上方法,终端设备101可接收到第一信息,并确定全部层的信息,之后根据全部层的信息接收第一码字,其中,第一码字对应的全部调制符号 映射到所述全部层。可以理解的是,终端设备101,也可在接收到第一信息之前或者同时,确定全部层的信息,本申请实施例中对终端设备101接收第一信息与确定全部层的信息的时间关系并不做限定。或者,S104a中,终端设备101根据该第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,接收该第一码字,其中,第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述第一数量的层。从而根据S101、S102、S103a-S104a所示步骤,终端设备101能够在仅收到指示第一码字对应的部分层的控制信息的情况下,实现第一码字的接收。In the above embodiment, when the network device 102 indicates the information of all layers of the first codeword to the terminal device 101 through multiple control information (such as multiple DCIs), if the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword is greater than the The first number of the first codeword indicated by the information. At this time, according to the above method, the terminal device 101 can receive the first information and determine the information of all layers, and then receive the first codeword according to the information of all layers. Wherein, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to all layers. It can be understood that the terminal device 101 may also determine the information of all layers before or at the same time when the first information is received. In this embodiment of the present application, the time relationship between the terminal device 101 receiving the first information and determining the information of all layers is No limitation. Or, in S104a, the terminal device 101 receives the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, where all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number of Floor. Therefore, according to the steps shown in S101, S102, S103a-S104a, the terminal device 101 can realize the reception of the first codeword when receiving only the control information indicating the partial layer corresponding to the first codeword.
应理解,上述实施例中,第一信息可以是DCI。第一信息可用于指示第一数量的层的信息,其中,层的信息包括但不限于层的数量或层的索引号。如图5所示,若网络设备102将第一码字对应的全部调制符号(编号分别为0至5)映射至层0、层1以及层2,其中,该网络设备102通过第一信息向终端设备101指示层0以及层1,则该第一信息可携带指示第一数量为2的信息以及携带指示层0以及层1的信息,或者,该第一信息可携带指示层0以及层1的信息但不携带指示第一数量的信息。此时终端设备101根据指示层0以及层1的信息仍可确定第一数量为2,或者,该第一信息可携带指示层第一数量为2的信息,此时终端设备101根据预先定义或高层信令配置的数量与层的索引号的对应关系确定第一数量为2的信息对应的层的索引号,例如层0以及层1。It should be understood that in the foregoing embodiment, the first information may be DCI. The first information may be used to indicate the information of the first number of layers, where the information of the layers includes but is not limited to the number of layers or the index number of the layers. As shown in FIG. 5, if the network device 102 maps all modulation symbols (numbered 0 to 5) corresponding to the first codeword to layer 0, layer 1, and layer 2, where the network device 102 uses the first information to If the terminal device 101 indicates layer 0 and layer 1, the first information may carry information indicating that the first number is 2 and information indicating layer 0 and layer 1, or the first information may carry indication layer 0 and layer 1 But does not carry information indicating the first amount. At this time, the terminal device 101 can still determine that the first quantity is 2 according to the information indicating the layer 0 and layer 1, or the first information can carry the information indicating the first quantity of the layer 2. At this time, the terminal device 101 according to the pre-defined or The correspondence between the number of high-level signaling configurations and the index number of the layer determines the index number of the layer corresponding to the information whose first number is 2, such as layer 0 and layer 1.
应理解,本申请并不限制上述S104所示步骤中,终端设备101确定全部层的信息这一步骤的实施时序,以上图4中将该确定步骤在S102与S103之后执行仅仅是一种可能的实现方式,终端设备101也可以在S101所示的网络设备102发送第一信息的步骤之前,或者在S102所示的终端设备101接收第一信息的步骤之前,或者也可以在S103所示的网络设备102发送第一码字的步骤之前,确定出该全部层的信息,在收到第一信息后,接收第一码字。It should be understood that the present application does not limit the implementation timing of the step of determining the information of all layers in the step shown in S104 above. The above determination step in FIG. 4 is performed after S102 and S103 is only a possible In an implementation manner, the terminal device 101 may also be before the step of sending the first information by the network device 102 shown in S101, or before the step of receiving the first information by the terminal device 101 shown in S102, or may also be on the network shown in S103 Before the step of sending the first codeword by the device 102, the information of all layers is determined, and after receiving the first information, the first codeword is received.
在实施例中,终端设备101确定第一码字对应的全部层的信息的方式有多种,下面分别予以说明:In the embodiment, the terminal device 101 determines the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword in multiple ways, which will be described below:
方式一,网络设备102通过第一配置信息向终端设备101指示全部层的信息。Manner 1: The network device 102 indicates to the terminal device 101 the information of all layers through the first configuration information.
网络设备102可将指示全部层的信息,该全部层的信息包括全部层的数量和/或指示全部层的索引号,携带在第一配置信息中发送至终端设备101。从而终端设备101在接收第一配置信息后,可根据该第一配置信息确定全部层的信息。仍以图5为例,网络设备102可将指示全部层的数量为3的信息和/或指示全部层的索引号为层0、层1和层2的信息携带在第一配置信息中发送至终端设备101。网络设备102可以在发送第一信息之前,向终端设备101发送该第一配置信息,也可以在发送该第一信息的提示或者发送该第一信息之后,向终端设备101发送第一配置信息。The network device 102 may send information indicating all layers, the information of all layers including the number of all layers and / or index numbers indicating all layers, carried in the first configuration information and sent to the terminal device 101. Therefore, after receiving the first configuration information, the terminal device 101 may determine the information of all layers according to the first configuration information. Still taking FIG. 5 as an example, the network device 102 may carry information indicating that the number of all layers is 3 and / or information indicating that the index numbers of all layers are layer 0, layer 1, and layer 2 in the first configuration information and send to Terminal device 101. The network device 102 may send the first configuration information to the terminal device 101 before sending the first information, or may send the first configuration information to the terminal device 101 after sending the prompt of the first information or after sending the first information.
在具体实施中,第一配置信息可携带在网络设备102发送的高层信令的全部或部分字段。In a specific implementation, the first configuration information may carry all or part of the high-level signaling sent by the network device 102.
网络设备102可针对不同的服务小区向终端设备101配置第一配置信息。若网络设备102向终端设备101发送第一配置信息,终端设备101可根据与第一码字传输所在的服务小区对应的该第一配置信息确定全部层的数量,从而网络设备102可令终端设备101在第一码字传输所在的服务小区中根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。若网络设备102未向终端设备101发送第一配置信息,终端设备101在第一码字传输所在的服务小区中可不再根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。The network device 102 may configure the first configuration information to the terminal device 101 for different serving cells. If the network device 102 sends the first configuration information to the terminal device 101, the terminal device 101 may determine the number of all layers according to the first configuration information corresponding to the serving cell where the first codeword is transmitted, so that the network device 102 may cause the terminal device 101 Receive a codeword in the serving cell where the first codeword is transmitted according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. If the network device 102 does not send the first configuration information to the terminal device 101, the terminal device 101 may no longer receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application in the serving cell where the first codeword is transmitted.
网络设备102还可针对不同的混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request, HARQ)进程标识设置第一配置信息,此时,网络设备102发送的第一配置信息还可携带HARQ进程标识集合。其中,网络设备102可在向终端设备101发送的第一信息中携带第一信息对应的HARQ进程标识,或者,第一信息对应的HARQ进程标识也可以是根据预先定义的规则确定的。终端设备101在收到第一配置信息后,可在收到第一信息后确定第一信息携带的HARQ进程标识属于第一配置信息中的HARQ进程标识集合匹配。若是,终端设备101将第一配置信息指示的全部层的信息,作为第一信息指示的码字对应的全部层的信息。从而,网络设备102可通过第一配置信息指示哪些信息所指示的码字在进行传输时,需要终端设备101根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行码字的接收,其他信息所指示的码字则不需要终端设备101根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行码字的接收。The network device 102 may also set the first configuration information for different hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process identifiers. In this case, the first configuration information sent by the network device 102 may also carry a set of HARQ process identifiers. The network device 102 may carry the HARQ process ID corresponding to the first information in the first information sent to the terminal device 101, or the HARQ process ID corresponding to the first information may also be determined according to a predefined rule. After receiving the first configuration information, the terminal device 101 may determine that the HARQ process identifier carried in the first information belongs to the set of HARQ process identifiers in the first configuration information after receiving the first information. If so, the terminal device 101 uses the information of all layers indicated by the first configuration information as the information of all layers corresponding to the codeword indicated by the first information. Therefore, the network device 102 may indicate through the first configuration information which codewords indicated by the information need to be received by the terminal device 101 according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application when the codewords indicated by the information are transmitted, and the codewords indicated by other information Then, the terminal device 101 does not need to receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
网络设备102还可针对码字设置第一配置信息,如在该第一配置信息中携带码字指示信息和/或码字的数量,从而令终端设备101在确定第一信息指示的码字属于该第一配置信息对应的码字中的码字后,将该第一配置信息指示的全部层的信息作为码字对应的全部层的信息,并根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行码字的接收。而对于其他未配置第一配置信息的码字,则不需要终端设备101根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行码字的接收。例如,码字的码字指示信息一般是0或1,若网络设备102在第一配置信息中携带码字指示信息0,则终端设备101只根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,对码字指示信息为0的码字进行接收。又如,码字中码字的数量一般为1或2,若网络设备102在第一配置信息中携带码字数量1,且该网络设备102向终端设备101发送的第一信息指示的码字数量为1,则终端设备101根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法对码字进行接收。若该网络设备102向终端设备101发送的第一信息指示的码字数量为2,终端设备101不需要根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行码字的接收。The network device 102 may also set first configuration information for the codeword, for example, the first configuration information carries codeword indication information and / or the number of codewords, so that the terminal device 101 determines that the codeword indicated by the first information belongs to After the codeword in the codeword corresponding to the first configuration information, the information of all layers indicated by the first configuration information is used as the information of all layers corresponding to the codeword, and the codeword is performed according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application Reception. For other codewords that are not configured with the first configuration information, the terminal device 101 does not need to receive the codewords according to the communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application. For example, the codeword indication information of the codeword is generally 0 or 1. If the network device 102 carries the codeword indication information 0 in the first configuration information, the terminal device 101 only checks the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application. The code word whose indication information is 0 is received. For another example, the number of codewords in the codeword is generally 1 or 2, if the network device 102 carries the codeword number 1 in the first configuration information, and the network device 102 sends the codeword indicated by the first information to the terminal device 101 If the number is 1, the terminal device 101 receives the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application. If the number of codewords indicated by the first information sent by the network device 102 to the terminal device 101 is 2, the terminal device 101 does not need to receive the codewords according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
网络设备102还可针对DCI设置第一配置信息,如,在该第一配置信息中携带一个或多个DCI格式,从而令终端设备101在确定第一信息的格式属于第一配置信息携带的DCI格式中的格式后,将该第一配置信息指示的全部层的信息作为DCI指示的码字对应的全部层的信息,并根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行码字的接收。而终端设备101不需要对不属于该第一配置信息携带的DCI的格式中的第一信息,根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行码字的接收。例如,第一配置信息携带的DCI格式为“格式format 1_0”,终端设备101在确定收到的第一信息的为“format 1_0”格式的DCI后,根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。或者,网络设备102还可以在第一配置信息中携带无线网络标识(radio network temporary identity,RNTI),表示该第一配置信息是针对由该RNTI加扰的DCI设置的,从而令终端设备101将第一配置信息指示的全部层的信息作为该RNTI加扰的DCI对应的码字的全部层的信息。或者,网络设备102还通过该第一配置信息指示DCI所在的搜索空间,表示第一配置信息是针对该搜索空间内检测到的DCI设置的,从而令终端设备101将第一配置信息指示的全部层的信息作为该搜索空间内检测到的DCI对应的码字的全部层的信息。或者,网络设备102还通过该第一配置信息指示DCI所在的控制资源集合,表示第一配置信息是针对该控制资源集合内检测到的DCI设置的,从而令终端设备101将第一配置信息指示的全部层的信息作为该控制资源集合内检测到的DCI对应的码字的全部层的信息。The network device 102 may also set the first configuration information for the DCI, for example, carrying one or more DCI formats in the first configuration information, so that the terminal device 101 determines that the format of the first information belongs to the DCI carried by the first configuration information After the format in the format, the information of all the layers indicated by the first configuration information is used as the information of all the layers corresponding to the codeword indicated by the DCI, and the codeword is received according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application. However, the terminal device 101 does not need to receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application for the first information in the format of the DCI that does not belong to the first configuration information. For example, the DCI format carried in the first configuration information is “format format 1_0”, and after determining that the received first information is DCI in the format “format 1_0”, the terminal device 101 receives the code according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application word. Alternatively, the network device 102 may also carry a radio network identity (RNTI) in the first configuration information, indicating that the first configuration information is set for the DCI scrambled by the RNTI, so that the terminal device 101 will The information of all layers indicated by the first configuration information is used as information of all layers of the codeword corresponding to the DCI scrambled by the RNTI. Alternatively, the network device 102 also indicates the search space where the DCI is located through the first configuration information, indicating that the first configuration information is set for the DCI detected in the search space, thereby causing the terminal device 101 to indicate all the contents indicated by the first configuration information The layer information is used as the information of all layers of the codeword corresponding to the DCI detected in the search space. Or, the network device 102 also indicates the control resource set where the DCI is located through the first configuration information, indicating that the first configuration information is set for the DCI detected in the control resource set, so that the terminal device 101 indicates the first configuration information The information of all the layers of is used as the information of all layers of the codeword corresponding to the DCI detected in the control resource set.
另外,若第一配置信息包括指示全部层的索引号的信息,则终端设备101可根据接收的第一配置信息确定全部层的索引号。或者,若预先定义或高层信令配置的数量与层的索 引号的对应关系,即终端设备101与网络设备102之间已经确定对应关系,网络设备102可仅通过第一配置信息指示全部层的数量。终端设备101也可仅根据全部层的数量确定全部层的索引号。例如,若全部层的索引号的最小值为0,且全部层的索引号连续递增且不重复,则终端设备101根据全部层的数量可确定全部层的全部索引号。In addition, if the first configuration information includes information indicating the index numbers of all layers, the terminal device 101 may determine the index numbers of all layers according to the received first configuration information. Or, if the correspondence between the number of pre-defined or high-level signaling configurations and the layer index number, that is, the correspondence between the terminal device 101 and the network device 102 has been determined, the network device 102 may only indicate the Quantity. The terminal device 101 may determine the index numbers of all layers based only on the number of all layers. For example, if the minimum value of the index numbers of all layers is 0, and the index numbers of all layers are continuously incremented and are not repeated, the terminal device 101 can determine all index numbers of all layers according to the number of all layers.
方式二,网络设备102通过第一信息向终端设备101指示全部层的信息。Manner 2: The network device 102 indicates to the terminal device 101 the information of all layers through the first information.
网络设备102可将指示全部层的数量的信息和/或指示全部层的索引号的信息,携带在第一信息中。从而终端设备101在接收第一信息后,可根据第一信息确定全部层的信息。仍以图5为例,网络设备102可将指示全部层的数量为3的信息和/或指示层0、层1和层2的信息携带在第一信息中发送至终端设备101。The network device 102 may carry information indicating the number of all layers and / or information indicating the index numbers of all layers in the first information. Therefore, after receiving the first information, the terminal device 101 can determine the information of all layers according to the first information. Still taking FIG. 5 as an example, the network device 102 may carry information indicating that the number of all layers is 3 and / or information indicating layer 0, layer 1, and layer 2 in the first information and send it to the terminal device 101.
在具体实施中,指示全部层的数量的信息和/或指示全部层的索引号的信息,可携带在第一信息中的天线端口比特域(antenna ports bit field)中。例如,可在现有的天线端口比特域指示的信息中增加一列,在这一列中携带指示全部层的数量的信息和/或指示全部层的索引号的信息。进一步的,预先定义或高层信令配置参考信号端口号与层的索引号的对应关系。例如参考信号端口号为层的索引号,以天线端口、参考信号类型为1,参考信号占用最大时域长度为1个符号为例,可在如表1所示的天线端口指示表格中新增一列信息,指示天线端口指示的全部层的数量。可以理解的为,表格中的至少一个比特状态值与全部层的信息存在对应关系。而全部比特状态值与全部层的信息的对应关系可以是全部为高层信令配置的,也可以是预先定义的。也可以是部分比特状态值与全部层的信息的对应关系为预先定义并且部分比特状态值与全部层的信息的对应关系为高层信令配置的。也可以是部分比特状态值不与全部层的信息对应。其中,可以理解的是,比特状态值0且比特的数量为4对应的比特状态为0000,比特状态值1且比特的数量为4对应的比特状态为0001,即比特数为m个,比特状态为m位的比特状态值的二进制数。另外,表1中的参数可以缺省(reserved),当网络设备102指示这个参数时,表示网络设备102没有通过至少两个DCI指示相同码字的接收,而只通过一个DCI指示终端设备101进行第一码字的接收。In a specific implementation, the information indicating the number of all layers and / or the information indicating the index numbers of all layers may be carried in the antenna port bit field in the first information. For example, a column may be added to the information indicated by the existing antenna port bit field, and this column carries information indicating the number of all layers and / or information indicating the index number of all layers. Further, the correspondence between the port number of the reference signal and the layer index number of the predefined or higher layer signaling configuration is predefined. For example, the reference signal port number is the index number of the layer. Taking the antenna port and the reference signal type as 1 and the reference signal occupying a maximum time domain length of 1 symbol as an example, it can be added to the antenna port indication table shown in Table 1. A column of information indicating the number of all layers indicated by the antenna port. It can be understood that there is a corresponding relationship between at least one bit state value in the table and the information of all layers. The correspondence between all bit state values and all layers of information may be configured for high-level signaling or may be pre-defined. The corresponding relationship between the partial bit state value and the information of all layers may be defined in advance and the corresponding relationship of the partial bit state value and the information of all layers may be configured by high-level signaling. It may be that some bit state values do not correspond to information of all layers. It can be understood that a bit state value of 0 and a number of bits of 4 corresponds to a bit state of 0000, a bit state value of 1 and a number of bits of 4 corresponds to a bit state of 0001, that is, the number of bits is m, and the bit state Binary number of m-bit bit state value. In addition, the parameters in Table 1 may be reserved (reserved). When the network device 102 indicates this parameter, it indicates that the network device 102 does not indicate the reception of the same codeword through at least two DCIs, but only indicates the terminal device 101 through one DCI. The reception of the first codeword.
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000003
表1Table 1
应理解,根据本申请实施例还可在其他类型的天线端口指示表格中增加指示全部层的 数量的信息,例如,还可在天线端口、参考信号类型为1,参考信号占用的最大时域长度为2个符号时,或者天线端口、参考信号类型为2,参考信号占用的最大时域长度为1个符号时,或者天线端口、参考信号类型为2,参考信号占用的最大时域长度为2个符号时的天线端口指示表格中增加指示全部层的数量的信息,其具体实现方式可参照表1。It should be understood that, according to an embodiment of the present application, information indicating the number of all layers may be added to other types of antenna port indication tables. For example, the maximum time domain length occupied by the reference signal may also be at the antenna port and the reference signal type is 1. When it is 2 symbols, or the antenna port and reference signal type are 2 and the maximum time domain length occupied by the reference signal is 1 symbol, or the antenna port and reference signal type is 2 and the maximum time domain length occupied by the reference signal is 2 The antenna port indication table for each symbol adds information indicating the number of all layers. For a specific implementation manner, refer to Table 1.
此外,应理解本申请实施例并不限制在天线端口比特域指示的信息中以表1所示的方式携带指示全部层的数量的信息和/或指示全部层的索引号的信息,也可以对表1的内容进行缩减或重组,或携带与比特状态值对应的其他信息,从而向终端设备101进行这些信息的指示。In addition, it should be understood that the embodiments of the present application are not limited to carrying the information indicating the number of all layers and / or the information indicating the index number of all layers in the information indicated by the antenna port bit field in the manner shown in Table 1. The contents of Table 1 are reduced or reorganized, or carry other information corresponding to the bit status value, so as to instruct the terminal device 101 of the information.
另外在具体实施中,指示全部层的数量的信息和/或指示全部层的索引号的信息,还可携带在第一信息新增的第一比特域中,该第一比特域的长度可以是2比特(bit)或3比特。例如表2和表3所示,可通过比特状态值与全部层的索引号之间的对应关系指示全部层的信息。In addition, in a specific implementation, the information indicating the number of all layers and / or the information indicating the index number of all layers may also be carried in the first bit field added to the first information, and the length of the first bit field may be 2 bits or 3 bits. For example, as shown in Table 2 and Table 3, the information of all layers can be indicated by the correspondence between the bit state value and the index numbers of all layers.
比特状态值Bit state value 全部层的索引号Index number of all layers
00 0,10,1
11 2,32,3
22 0,1,30,1,3
33 0,1,2,30,1,2,3
表2Table 2
比特状态值Bit state value 全部层的索引号Index number of all layers
00 0,10,1
11 2,32,3
22 0,30,3
33 0,1,20,1,2
44 0,1,30,1,3
55 0,2,30,2,3
66 1,2,31,2,3
77 0,1,2,30,1,2,3
表3table 3
可以理解,本申请并不限制在第一比特域中以表1、表2或者表3所示的方式携带指示全部层的数量的信息和/或指示全部层的索引号的信息,也可以对表1的内容进行缩减或重组,如,在第一比特域中只携带比特状态值与指示全部层的数量的信息之间的对应关系,或者比特状态值与指示全部层的索引号的信息之间的对应关系。另外应理解,还可以对表1、表2或者表3的内容进行补充,例如携带具体指示第一信息对应的第一数量的层的索引号的信息。It can be understood that the present application is not limited to carrying information indicating the number of all layers and / or information indicating the index numbers of all layers in the first bit field in the manner shown in Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3, or The contents of Table 1 are reduced or reorganized, for example, the first bit field only carries the correspondence between the bit state value and the information indicating the number of all layers, or the bit state value and the information indicating the index number of all layers The corresponding relationship between. In addition, it should be understood that the contents of Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 may also be supplemented, for example, carrying information specifically indicating the index number of the first number of layers corresponding to the first information.
应理解,若网络设备102在第一信息中携带指示全部层的索引号的信息,则终端设备101可在收到第一信息后可根据第一信息,确定全部层的信息。或者,若预先定义或高层信令配置的数量与层的索引号的对应关系,即终端设备101与网络设备102之间已经确定对应关系,网络设备102可仅通过第一信息指示全部层的数量,终端设备101也可仅根据全部层的数量确定全部层的索引号。It should be understood that if the network device 102 carries information indicating the index numbers of all layers in the first information, the terminal device 101 may determine the information of all layers according to the first information after receiving the first information. Or, if the correspondence between the number of pre-defined or high-level signaling configurations and the layer index number, that is, the correspondence between the terminal device 101 and the network device 102 has been determined, the network device 102 may indicate the number of all layers only through the first information In this case, the terminal device 101 may determine the index numbers of all layers only based on the number of all layers.
方式三、网络设备102在第二配置信息中指示多个全部层的信息,并通过第一信息向终端设备101指示多个全部层的信息中的一个。Manner 3: The network device 102 indicates the information of the plurality of all layers in the second configuration information, and indicates one of the information of the plurality of all layers to the terminal device 101 through the first information.
网络设备102可将多个指示全部层的数量的信息和/或多个指示全部层的索引号的信 息或者至少一个指示全部层的数量的信息和至少一个指示全部层的索引号的信息,携带在第二配置信息中发送给终端设备101。在发送第一码字之前,网络设备102将第一码字对应的第一信息发送至终端设备101,其中,在第一信息中指示第二配置信息中的一个全部层的信息,终端设备101可将指示的全部层的信息作为第一码字对应的全部层的信息。The network device 102 may carry multiple pieces of information indicating the number of all layers and / or multiple pieces of information indicating the index numbers of all layers or at least one piece of information indicating the number of all layers and at least one piece of information indicating the index number of all layers It is sent to the terminal device 101 in the second configuration information. Before sending the first codeword, the network device 102 sends the first information corresponding to the first codeword to the terminal device 101, where the first information indicates information of all layers in the second configuration information, the terminal device 101 The information of all layers indicated may be used as the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword.
具体的,第二配置信息可携带如表4所示的第二配置信息表,其中,第二配置信息表可指示至少一个或全部第一信息中的比特状态值以及全部层的信息之间的对应关系。网络设备102发送的第一信息中还可携带比特状态值用于指示全部层的信息,终端设备101可根据第二配置信息指示的对应关系中。第一信息指示的比特状态值对应的全部层的数量和/或全部层的索引号,确定第一码字对应的全部层的信息。Specifically, the second configuration information may carry a second configuration information table as shown in Table 4, wherein the second configuration information table may indicate a bit state value in at least one or all of the first information and information between all layers of information Correspondence. The first information sent by the network device 102 may also carry bit status values used to indicate information of all layers, and the terminal device 101 may be in a corresponding relationship indicated by the second configuration information. The number of all layers corresponding to the bit state value indicated by the first information and / or the index number of all layers determine the information of all layers corresponding to the first codeword.
比特状态值Bit state value 第二配置信息配置的全部层的信息Information of all layers configured by the second configuration information
00 第一全部层的信息Information on the first layer
11 第二全部层的信息Information on the second layer
22 第三全部层的信息Information on the third full layer
33 第四全部层的信息Fourth layer information
表4Table 4
若第一信息指示第二配置信息包括的多个全部层的信息中的一个,例如,网络设备102发送的第一信息中携带比特状态值“2”。终端设备101接收第一信息,可根据表4中比特状态值为“2”的第三全部层的信息,确定全部层的数量和/或全部层的索引号。又如,第一信息中携带比特状态值“3”,终端设备101接收第一信息,可根据表4中比特状态值为“3”的第四全部层的信息,确定全部层的数量和/或全部层的索引号。又如,第一信息中携带编号“0”,终端设备101接收第一信息,可根据表4中比特状态值为“0”的第一全部层的信息,确定全部层的数量和/或全部层的索引号。If the first information indicates one of the plurality of all-layer information included in the second configuration information, for example, the first information sent by the network device 102 carries the bit status value "2". After receiving the first information, the terminal device 101 can determine the number of all layers and / or the index number of all layers according to the information of the third all layers in Table 4 whose bit state value is "2". For another example, the first information carries the bit status value “3”, and the terminal device 101 receives the first information, and can determine the number of all layers and / or all the layers according to the information of the fourth all layers whose bit status value is “3” in Table 4. Or the index number of all layers. For another example, the first information carries the number "0", and the terminal device 101 receives the first information, and can determine the number and / or all of the all layers according to the information of the first all layers in Table 4 whose bit status value is "0" The index number of the layer.
具体的,若第一信息指示第二配置信息包括的多个全部层的索引号中的一个,则终端设备101可根据第一信息以及第二配置信息确定全部层的信息。以第二配置信息配置全部索引号包括“0,1,2”和“0,1”为例。若网络设备102发送的第一信息携带编号“2”,终端设备101接收第一信息,可根据表X+2中编号为“2”的全部层的索引号,确定全部层的数量。或者,若第一信息指示第二配置信息包括的多个全部层的数量中的一个。若预先定义或高层信令配置的数量与层的索引号的对应关系,即终端设备101与网络设备102之间确定对应关系,网络设备102可仅通过第二配置信息指示多个全部层的数量,并通过第一信息指示多个全部层的数量中的一个,终端设备101也可仅根据全部层的数量确定全部层的索引号。Specifically, if the first information indicates one of the index numbers of all layers included in the second configuration information, the terminal device 101 may determine the information of all layers according to the first information and the second configuration information. Take the second configuration information to configure all index numbers including "0,1,2" and "0,1" as an example. If the first information sent by the network device 102 carries the number "2", the terminal device 101 receives the first information and can determine the number of all layers according to the index numbers of all layers with the number "2" in Table X + 2. Or, if the first information indicates one of the numbers of all layers included in the second configuration information. If the correspondence between the number of pre-defined or high-level signaling configurations and the index number of the layer, that is, between the terminal device 101 and the network device 102 is determined, the network device 102 may indicate the number of multiple all layers only through the second configuration information , And indicates one of the numbers of all the multiple layers through the first information, the terminal device 101 may also determine the index number of all the layers according to the number of all the layers.
方式四、网络设备102通过第二信息,向终端设备101指示第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息,其中,全部层的信息包括第一信息指示的第一数量的层的信息以及第二数量的层的信息。Manner 4: The network device 102 indicates to the terminal device 101 through the second information the information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, where all the layer information includes the information of the first number of layers indicated by the first information and Information about the second number of layers.
网络设备102还可向终端设备101发送第二信息,其中,第二信息可指示全部层中第一数量的层以外的其他剩余层的信息或可以指示全部层中第一数量的层以外的其他部分层的信息。从而终端设备101可根据第一信息指示的第一数量的层的信息以及第二数量的层的信息,确定全部层的信息。第二信息可以是第一信息以外的一个或多个DCI。具体在第二信息中指示第二数量的层的信息的方法,可参照在第一信息中指示第一数量的层的信 息的方法。The network device 102 may also send second information to the terminal device 101, where the second information may indicate information of remaining layers other than the first number of layers in all layers or may indicate information other than the first number of layers in all layers Partial layer information. Therefore, the terminal device 101 may determine the information of all layers according to the information of the first number of layers and the information of the second number of layers indicated by the first information. The second information may be one or more DCIs other than the first information. Specifically, the method of indicating the information of the second number of layers in the second information may refer to the method of indicating the information of the first number of layers in the first information.
仍以图5为例,网络设备102将第一码字对应的全部调制符号,例如调制符号1至调制符号6,映射至层0、层1以及层2。网络设备102在第一信息中向终端设备101指示了第一数量的层为层0和层1(即第一数量为2),网络设备102还可通过第二信息向终端设备101指示层2。可选的,终端设备101还可确定第二信息指示的第二数量为1。据此,终端设备101根据第一信息以及第二信息,可确定第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到的全部层的数量为3。Still taking FIG. 5 as an example, the network device 102 maps all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword, for example, modulation symbol 1 to modulation symbol 6, to layer 0, layer 1, and layer 2. The network device 102 indicates to the terminal device 101 that the first number of layers are layer 0 and layer 1 (that is, the first number is 2) in the first information, and the network device 102 may also indicate the layer 2 to the terminal device 101 through the second information . Optionally, the terminal device 101 may also determine that the second quantity indicated by the second information is 1. According to this, the terminal device 101 can determine that the number of all layers to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped is 3 according to the first information and the second information.
另外,在一种实施方式中,可预先定义或高层信令配置的数量与层的索引号的对应关系,即终端设备101与网络设备102之间已经确定对应关系。网络设备102通过第一信息指示第一数量以及通过第二信息指示第二数量,终端设备101也可根据第一数量和第二数量确定全部层的数量。进而终端设备101根据全部层的数量确定全部层的索引号。In addition, in an embodiment, the correspondence between the number of high-level signaling configurations and the index number of the layer may be defined in advance, that is, the correspondence between the terminal device 101 and the network device 102 has been determined. The network device 102 indicates the first number through the first information and the second number through the second information. The terminal device 101 may also determine the number of all layers according to the first number and the second number. Furthermore, the terminal device 101 determines the index numbers of all layers according to the number of all layers.
应理解,本申请实施例并不限制网络设备102通过第一信息以及第二信息向终端设备101指示全部层的信息,网络设备102还可通过第一信息、第二信息以及其他至少一个控制信息(如DCI),将全部层的信息指示给终端设备101,从而终端设备101可根据接收到的第一码字对应的全部DCI指示的层的信息的加法运算结果,作为全部层的信息。其中,第一信息、第二信息以及其他至少一个控制信息,均应满足第一条件。It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the network device 102 to indicate all layer information to the terminal device 101 through the first information and the second information, and the network device 102 may also use the first information, the second information, and at least one other control information. (For example, DCI), the information of all the layers is indicated to the terminal device 101, so that the terminal device 101 can use the result of the addition operation of the information of all the layers indicated by the DCI corresponding to the received first codeword as the information of all the layers. Among them, the first information, the second information, and at least one other control information should satisfy the first condition.
一种可能的实现方式中,预先定义或高层信令配置的数量与层的索引号的对应关系,在终端设备101确定全部层的信息时,终端设备101通过对应关系与全部层的数量确定全部层的索引号。具体的,全部层的索引号中的最小索引号为0,第一码字对应的全部层的数量为N,全部层的索引号中的最大索引号为N-1,且全部层的索引号是连续且递增的,例如,终端设备101若确定N为4,则能够根据以上排序方式确定全部层的索引号为层0、层1、层2以及层3。可选的,全部层的索引号是连续递减的,也可是不连续递增的,也可是不连续递减的,本实施例不做限定。In a possible implementation manner, the correspondence between the number of pre-defined or high-level signaling configurations and the index number of the layer, when the terminal device 101 determines the information of all layers, the terminal device 101 determines all through the correspondence and the number of all layers The index number of the layer. Specifically, the minimum index number of all layer index numbers is 0, the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword is N, the maximum index number of all layer index numbers is N-1, and the index numbers of all layers It is continuous and incremental. For example, if the terminal device 101 determines that N is 4, it can determine the index numbers of all layers as layer 0, layer 1, layer 2, and layer 3 according to the above sorting method. Optionally, the index numbers of all layers are continuously decremented, or discontinuously incremented, or discontinuously decremented, which is not limited in this embodiment.
另一种可能的实现方式中,可预先定义或高层信令配置的数量与层的索引号的对应关系。网络设备102还可向终端设备101指示全部层的信息,用于终端设备101确定全部层的信息,全部层的信息可以包括全部层的索引号中一个或多个,和/或,第一码字对应的全部层的数量。例如,网络设备102可在前述第一配置信息或者第一信息中携带全部层的信息。或者,网络设备102可以在第二信息中携带第二数量的层的信息,并由终端设备101根据第一数量的层的信息和第二数量的层的信息确定全部层的信息。In another possible implementation manner, the correspondence between the number of high-level signaling configurations and the layer index number may be predefined. The network device 102 may also indicate the information of all layers to the terminal device 101 for the terminal device 101 to determine the information of all layers. The information of all layers may include one or more of the index numbers of all layers, and / or, the first code The number of all layers corresponding to the word. For example, the network device 102 may carry all layer information in the foregoing first configuration information or the first information. Alternatively, the network device 102 may carry the second number of layers of information in the second information, and the terminal device 101 determines the information of all layers according to the first number of layers of information and the second number of layers of information.
另外,全部层的信息可包括最小索引号和第一码字对应的全部层的数量,且全部层的索引号是连续且递增的。可选的,全部层的索引号是连续递减的,也可是不连续递增的,也可是不连续递减的,本实施例不做限定。例如,全部层的数量N为3,全部层中的最小索引号为1,从而可确定全部层的索引号为层1、层2以及层3。终端设备根据所述最小索引号和第一码字对应的全部层的数量,确定所述全部层的索引号中除最小索引号以外的其他索引号。In addition, the information of all layers may include the minimum index number and the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the index numbers of all layers are continuous and incremental. Optionally, the index numbers of all layers are continuously decremented, or discontinuously incremented, or discontinuously decremented, which is not limited in this embodiment. For example, the number N of all layers is 3, and the smallest index number in all layers is 1, so that the index numbers of all layers can be determined as layer 1, layer 2, and layer 3. The terminal device determines other index numbers than the minimum index number among the index numbers of all layers according to the minimum index number and the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword.
或者,全部层的信息可包括全部层的最大索引号和第一码字对应的全部层的数量,且全部层的索引号是连续且递增的。可选的,全部层的索引号是连续递减的,也可是不连续递增的,也可是不连续递减的,本实施例不做限定。例如,全部层的数量N为3,全部层中的最大索引号为3,从而可确定全部层的索引号为层1、层2以及层3。终端设备根据所 述最大索引号和第一码字对应的全部层的数量,确定所述全部层的索引号中除最大索引号以外的其他索引号。Alternatively, the information of all layers may include the maximum index number of all layers and the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the index numbers of all layers are continuous and incremental. Optionally, the index numbers of all layers are continuously decremented, or discontinuously incremented, or discontinuously decremented, which is not limited in this embodiment. For example, the number N of all layers is 3, and the maximum index number in all layers is 3, so that the index numbers of all layers can be determined as layer 1, layer 2, and layer 3. The terminal device determines other index numbers than the largest index number among the index numbers of all layers according to the maximum index number and the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword.
在实施中,终端设备101在接收第一信息以及第二信息后,可在确定满足特定条件的情况下,通过本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收第一码字。In implementation, after receiving the first information and the second information, the terminal device 101 may receive the first codeword through the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application when it is determined that the specific condition is satisfied.
具体的,特定条件包括第一条件和/或第二条件。Specifically, the specific condition includes the first condition and / or the second condition.
应理解,根据本申请实施例提供的方法,若第一信息与第二信息所分别指示第一码字对应的调制符号映射到的不同层,终端设备101可根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收第一码字。其中,终端设备101可根据第一条件,判断是否第一信息与第二信息均指示的码字为第一码字,若满足第一条件,则说明第一信息与第二信息均指示第一码字,否则,说明第一信息与第二信息分别指示不同的码字,此时不根据本申请实施例提供的方法接收码字。It should be understood that, according to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, if the first information and the second information respectively indicate different layers to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped, the terminal device 101 may use the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application Receive the first codeword. The terminal device 101 can determine whether the codeword indicated by both the first information and the second information is the first codeword according to the first condition. If the first condition is satisfied, it means that both the first information and the second information indicate the first Codeword, otherwise, it means that the first information and the second information indicate different codewords respectively, and the codeword is not received according to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
下面,通过举例的方式介绍第一条件,第一条件可包括以下多个条件中的至少一个:The first condition is introduced below by way of example. The first condition may include at least one of the following multiple conditions:
第一,第一信息指示的时频域资源与所述第二信息指示的时频域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。First, the time-frequency domain resources indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resources indicated by the second information partially overlap or all overlap.
为了节约下行系统资源,既然是一个码字的传输,一般而言相同码字的不同层的传输占用的时频域资源存在部分重叠或全部重叠,例如时域资源和频域资源均重叠。因此,若第一信息与第二信息指示的时频资源不存在重叠时,则说明第一信息与第二信息分别指示不同的码字,传输不同的信息。从而,若终端设备101确定第一信息指示的时频域资源与所述第二信息指示的时频域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。终端设备101可根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字,否则,终端设备101不根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。In order to save downlink system resources, since it is a codeword transmission, in general, the time-frequency domain resources occupied by the transmission of different layers of the same codeword partially overlap or overlap completely, for example, time-domain resources and frequency-domain resources overlap. Therefore, if there is no overlap in the time-frequency resources indicated by the first information and the second information, it means that the first information and the second information indicate different codewords, respectively, and transmit different information. Therefore, if the terminal device 101 determines that the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information partially overlap or overlap. The terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application; otherwise, the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
第二,第一信息指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程标识与所述第二信息指示的HARQ进程标识相同。Second, the HARQ process ID of the hybrid automatic repeat request indicated by the first information is the same as the HARQ process ID indicated by the second information.
在NR中,相同的HARQ进程标识表示是相同的数据缓存器。因此,若第一信息指示的时频资源与第二信息指示的时频资源存在重叠(包括完全重叠或部分重叠),在第一信息指示的HARQ进程标识,与第二信息指示的HARQ进程标识相同时,可说明第一信息与第二信息分别指示第一码字对应的不同层。此时,终端设备101可根据申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字,否则,终端设备101不根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。In NR, the same HARQ process ID indicates the same data buffer. Therefore, if the time-frequency resource indicated by the first information overlaps with the time-frequency resource indicated by the second information (including full overlap or partial overlap), the HARQ process ID indicated by the first information and the HARQ process ID indicated by the second information When they are the same, it can be explained that the first information and the second information respectively indicate different layers corresponding to the first codeword. At this time, the terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the application, otherwise, the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the application.
第三,第一信息指示的天线端口与所述第二信息指示的天线端口不同。Third, the antenna port indicated by the first information is different from the antenna port indicated by the second information.
由于NR中,不同的天线端口号对应的解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)会对应不同的预编码矩阵。不同的天线端口号对应的DMRS也可以对应不同DMRS的时频资源。不同的天线端口号与层的索引号还可以存在对应关系。因此,在第一信息指示的时频域资源与第二信息指示的时频域资源存在重叠的情况下,在第二信息指示的天线端口与所述第一信息指示的天线端口不同时,表示第一信息和第二信息指示的码字为相同码字,此时终端设备101根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。若第二信息指示的天线端口与所述第一信息指示的天线端口相同,终端设备101可不根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。In NR, demodulation reference signals (DMRS) corresponding to different antenna port numbers correspond to different precoding matrices. DMRS corresponding to different antenna port numbers may also correspond to time-frequency resources of different DMRS. There may also be a correspondence between different antenna port numbers and layer index numbers. Therefore, when the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information overlaps with the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information, when the antenna port indicated by the second information is different from the antenna port indicated by the first information, it indicates The codewords indicated by the first information and the second information are the same codeword, and at this time, the terminal device 101 receives the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. If the antenna port indicated by the second information is the same as the antenna port indicated by the first information, the terminal device 101 may not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
第四,第一信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,与所述第二信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息不同。Fourth, the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the first information is different from the information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the second information.
层的信息可包括层的索引号,可在码字映射到不同层时,另终端设备101确定这些层 的信息。在第一信息指示的时频域资源与第二信息指示的时频域资源存在重叠的情况下,若第一信息指示的第一码字对应的层的索引号,与第二信息指示的第一码字对应的层的索引号相同,表示第一信息和第二信息分别指示不同的码字。此时终端设备101不根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。反之,若第一信息指示的第一码字对应的层的索引号,与第二信息指示的第一码字对应的层的索引号不相同,终端设备101可根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。The information of the layer may include the index number of the layer, and the terminal device 101 may determine the information of these layers when the codeword is mapped to different layers. In the case where the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information overlaps with the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information, if the index number of the layer corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the first information is The index numbers of the layers corresponding to a codeword are the same, indicating that the first information and the second information indicate different codewords, respectively. At this time, the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application. Conversely, if the index number of the layer corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the first information is not the same as the index number of the layer corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the second information, the terminal device 101 may communicate according to the embodiments of the present application Method to receive codeword.
第五,第一信息包括的新数据指示信息(new data indicator,NDI)与所述第二信息包括的NDI相同。Fifth, the new data indication information (new data indicator (NDI) included in the first information is the same as the NDI included in the second information.
DCI中的新数据指示信息可用于指示DCI所指示的数据是否为首次传输数据,NDI可以是0或1,例如,当第一次传输的NDI为0,而第二次传输的NDI为1则表示数据为第一传输的重传数据。可以理解,若第一信息包括的NDI与第二信息包括的NDI不同,则说明第一信息与第二信息分别指示不同的码字或者相同的码字的重传。此时终端设备101不根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。若第一信息包括的NDI与第二信息包括的NDI相同,终端设备101可根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。The new data indication information in DCI can be used to indicate whether the data indicated by DCI is the first transmission data, NDI can be 0 or 1, for example, when the first transmission NDI is 0, and the second transmission NDI is 1 Indicates that the data is the retransmitted data of the first transmission. It can be understood that if the NDI included in the first information is different from the NDI included in the second information, it means that the first information and the second information indicate different codewords or retransmissions of the same codeword, respectively. At this time, the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application. If the NDI included in the first information is the same as the NDI included in the second information, the terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
第六,第一信息包括的下行分配指示信息(downlink assignment indicator,DAI)与所述第二信息包括的DAI相同。Sixth, the downlink allocation indication information (DAI) included in the first information is the same as the DAI included in the second information.
DCI可包括计数DAI(count downlink assignment indicator,C-DAI)和/或总DAI(totalcount downlink assignment indicator,T-DAI),C-DAI的取值为1、2、3或4,T-DAI的取值为1、2、3或4。DCI may include count DAI (count downlink assignment indicator, C-DAI) and / or total DAI (total count downlink assignment indicator, T-DAI). The value of C-DAI is 1, 2, 3, or 4, T-DAI The value can be 1, 2, 3, or 4.
当第一信息与第二信息只包括C-DAI时,若第一信息包括的C-DAI与第二信息包括的C-DAI相同,则说明第一信息与第二信息指示的码字为相同的码字。终端设备101可根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。否则,终端设备101不根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。When the first information and the second information only include C-DAI, if the C-DAI included in the first information is the same as the C-DAI included in the second information, it means that the codewords indicated by the first information and the second information are the same Codeword. The terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Otherwise, the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
当第一信息与第二信息只包括T-DAI时,若第一信息包括的T-DAI与第二信息包括的T-DAI相同,则说明第一信息与第二信息指示的码字为相同码字。终端设备101可根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。否则,终端设备101不根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。When the first information and the second information only include T-DAI, if the T-DAI included in the first information is the same as the T-DAI included in the second information, it means that the codewords indicated by the first information and the second information are the same numbers. The terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Otherwise, the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
当第一信息与第二信息均包括C-DAI与T-DAI时,若第一信息包括的C-DAI与第二信息包括的C-DAI相同,且第一信息包括的T-DAI与第二信息包括的T-DAI相同,则说明第一信息与第二信息指示的码字为相同码字。终端设备101可根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。否则,若第一信息包括的C-DAI与第二信息包括的C-DAI不同,或者第一信息包括的T-DAI与第二信息包括的T-DAI不同,终端设备101不根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。When both the first information and the second information include C-DAI and T-DAI, if the first information includes the same C-DAI and the second information includes the C-DAI, and the first information includes the T-DAI and the second information If the T-DAI included in the second information is the same, it means that the codewords indicated by the first information and the second information are the same codeword. The terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Otherwise, if the C-DAI included in the first information is different from the C-DAI included in the second information, or the T-DAI included in the first information is different from the T-DAI included in the second information, the terminal device 101 is not implemented according to this application The communication method provided in the example receives the codeword.
第七,第一信息包括的码字指示信息与所述第二信息包括的码字指示信息相同。Seventh, the codeword indication information included in the first information is the same as the codeword indication information included in the second information.
码字指示信息为0或1。若第一信息包括的码字指示信息与第二信息包括的码字指示信息相同,则说明第一信息与第二信息指示的码字为相同码字。此时终端设备101可根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。若第一信息包括的码字指示信息与第二信息包括的码字指示信息不同,终端设备101不根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。The code word indicates that the information is 0 or 1. If the codeword indication information included in the first information is the same as the codeword indication information included in the second information, it means that the codewords indicated by the first information and the second information are the same codeword. At this time, the terminal device 101 may receive the codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. If the codeword indication information included in the first information is different from the codeword indication information included in the second information, the terminal device 101 does not receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
应理解,以上第一条件的设置只是举例说明,本申请并不限制将以上条件中的一个作为第一条件,还可以将以上条件中的多个条件的组合作为第一条件,如,将以上第一个条 件以及以上第二个条件、第三个条件、第四个条件、第五个条件、第六个条件或者第七个条件的组合作为第一条件,或者将以上全部条件的组合作为第一条件,从而在第一信息以及第二信息满足以上全部条件时,终端设备101根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收第一码字。It should be understood that the setting of the first condition above is only an example, and this application does not limit one of the above conditions as the first condition, and a combination of multiple conditions in the above conditions may also be used as the first condition. For example, the above The first condition and the combination of the second condition, the third condition, the fourth condition, the fifth condition, the sixth condition, or the seventh condition as the first condition, or the combination of all the above conditions as The first condition, so that when the first information and the second information satisfy all the above conditions, the terminal device 101 receives the first codeword according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
另外,终端设备101还可接收第三配置信息,并判断第三配置信息、所述第一信息以及所述第二信息是否满足第二条件,在满足第二条件时,终端设备101可根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收第一码字,否则,不根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收第一码字。第三配置信息可以是网络设备102发送的,从而网络设备102还可以通过第三配置信息控制终端设备101是否根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收第一码字。In addition, the terminal device 101 may also receive third configuration information and determine whether the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information satisfy the second condition. When the second condition is met, the terminal device 101 may The communication method provided by the embodiment of the application receives the first codeword, otherwise, the first codeword is not received according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the application. The third configuration information may be sent by the network device 102, so that the network device 102 may also use the third configuration information to control whether the terminal device 101 receives the first codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
下面通过举例的方式介绍第二条件,第二条件可包括以下多个条件中的至少一个:The following describes the second condition by way of example. The second condition may include at least one of the following multiple conditions:
第一,第三配置信息用于指示第一格式,所述第一信息的格式以及所述第二信息的格式均为所述第一格式。First, the third configuration information is used to indicate a first format, and the format of the first information and the format of the second information are both the first format.
例如,第三配置信息可指示DCI格式1_1,只有第一信息以及第二信息均为1_1格式的DCI时,终端设备101确定满足第二条件。其中,第三配置信息可以携带一个DCI格式1_1的信息,以指示该第一信息和第二信息的DCI格式。据此,网络设备102可指示终端设备101根据第一信息、第二信息的格式,判断是否根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法执行码字的接收。For example, the third configuration information may indicate the DCI format 1_1. When only the first information and the second information are DCI in the 1_1 format, the terminal device 101 determines that the second condition is satisfied. The third configuration information may carry information of a DCI format 1_1 to indicate the DCI format of the first information and the second information. According to this, the network device 102 may instruct the terminal device 101 to determine whether to perform codeword reception according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application according to the format of the first information and the second information.
第二,第三配置信息用于指示第一RNTI,加扰所述第一信息的RNTI以及加扰所述第二信息的RNTI均为所述第一RNTI。Second, the third configuration information is used to indicate the first RNTI, the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI.
例如,若第三配置信息指示第一RNTI,终端设备101只有在确定加扰第一信息的RNTI以及加扰第二信息的RNTI均为第一RNTI的情况下,终端设备101才根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法执行码字的接收。据此,网络设备102可指示终端设备101根据加扰第一信息的RNTI、加扰第二信息的RNTI,判断是否根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法执行码字的接收。For example, if the third configuration information indicates the first RNTI, the terminal device 101 implements the terminal device 101 according to this application only if it is determined that the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI The communication method provided in the example performs codeword reception. According to this, the network device 102 may instruct the terminal device 101 to determine whether to perform codeword reception according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application according to the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information.
第三,第三配置信息用于指示第一控制资源集合(control-resource set,CORESET),所述第一信息所在的资源以及所述第二信息所在的资源均属于所述第一控制资源集合。Third, the third configuration information is used to indicate a first control resource set (control-resource set, CORESET). The resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first control resource set .
网络设备102还可以通过第三配置信息指示第一控制资源集合,则终端设备101在确定第一信息所在的资源以及所述第二信息所在的资源均属于第一控制资源集合时,根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法执行码字的接收。否则,不根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行码字的接收。The network device 102 may also indicate the first control resource set through the third configuration information, then the terminal device 101 determines that the resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first control resource set, according to the present application The communication method provided by the embodiment performs the reception of a code word. Otherwise, the codeword is not received according to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
第四,第三配置信息用于指示第一搜索空间,所述第一信息所在的搜索空间以及所述第二信息所在的搜索空间为所述第一搜索空间。Fourth, the third configuration information is used to indicate a first search space, and the search space where the first information is located and the search space where the second information is located are the first search space.
网络设备102还可以通过第三配置信息指示第一搜索空间,终端设备101只有在第一信息所在的搜索空间以及第二信息所在的搜索空间均属于第一搜索空间时,根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法执行码字的接收,否则,不根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行码字的接收。The network device 102 may also indicate the first search space through the third configuration information. The terminal device 101 only provides the search space where the first information and the second information belong to the first search space, according to the embodiment of the present application. Of the communication method performs codeword reception; otherwise, codeword reception is not performed according to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
应理解,以上第二条件的设置只是举例说明,本申请并不限制将以上条件中的一个作为第二条件,还可以将以上条件中的多个条件的组合作为第二条件。如,将以上全部条件 的组合作为第二条件,在第三配置信息、第一信息以及第二信息满足以上全部条件时,终端设备101根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。It should be understood that the setting of the above second condition is only an example, and this application does not limit one of the above conditions as the second condition, and may also use a combination of multiple conditions in the above condition as the second condition. For example, the combination of all the above conditions is used as the second condition. When the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information satisfy all the above conditions, the terminal device 101 receives the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
另外应理解,本申请实施例中,以上第一条件与第二条件可分别设置,如,终端设备101在满足第一条件时即可根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字,或者终端设备101在满足第二条件时即可根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。第一条件与第二条件也可同时设置,从而终端设备101只在第一条件、第二条件同时满足时,根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。In addition, it should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the above first condition and second condition may be set separately, for example, when the terminal device 101 meets the first condition, the codeword may be received according to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, or the terminal When the device 101 meets the second condition, it can receive the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application. The first condition and the second condition can also be set at the same time, so that the terminal device 101 only receives the codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application when the first condition and the second condition are satisfied at the same time.
在实施中,若终端设备101接收到第一信息以及第二信息,其中第一信息与第二信息分别指示第一码字的不同层,终端设备101可针对第一码字的译码结果进行HARQ反馈,而不再分别针对第一信息和第二信息进行HARQ反馈以节省信令开销。具体的,终端设备101可在成功接收第一信息以及第二信息指示的第一码字后,向网络设备102发送确认应答(acknowledgment,ACK)信息,否则,若终端设备未成功接收第一码字,则向网络设备102发送否认应答(negative acknowledgment,NACK)信息。In implementation, if the terminal device 101 receives the first information and the second information, where the first information and the second information respectively indicate different layers of the first codeword, the terminal device 101 may perform the decoding result of the first codeword HARQ feedback, instead of performing HARQ feedback for the first information and the second information separately to save signaling overhead. Specifically, the terminal device 101 may send an acknowledgement (acknowledgment, ACK) message to the network device 102 after successfully receiving the first information and the first codeword indicated by the second information, otherwise, if the terminal device does not successfully receive the first code Word, send negative acknowledgement (NACK) information to the network device 102.
如图6所示,本申请实施例提供一种HARQ反馈方法,该方法包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 6, an embodiment of the present application provides a HARQ feedback method. The method includes the following steps:
S201:网络设备102向终端设备101发送第一信息以及第二信息,其中,第一信息用于指示第一码字对应的第一数量的层,第二信息用于指示第一码字对应的第二数量的层;S201: The network device 102 sends the first information and the second information to the terminal device 101, where the first information is used to indicate the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the second information is used to indicate the corresponding to the first codeword Second number of layers;
S202:终端设备101接收第一信息以及第二信息;S202: The terminal device 101 receives the first information and the second information;
S203:终端设备101确定第一信息以及第二信息指示第一码字的不同层;这里终端设备101可在确定满足第一条件和/或第二条件后,确定第一信息以及第二信息指示第一码字的不同层,第一条件、第二条件的设置方式可参照前面章节的描述;S203: The terminal device 101 determines that the first information and the second information indicate different layers of the first codeword; here, the terminal device 101 may determine the first information and the second information indication after determining that the first condition and / or the second condition are satisfied For the different layers of the first codeword, the setting of the first condition and the second condition can refer to the description in the previous chapter;
S204:终端设备101根据第一码字的译码结果,向网络设备102发送HARQ反馈信息,不再分别针对第一信息以及第二信息发送HARQ信息;其中,若终端设备101成功接收第一码字,所述HARQ信息包括ACK信息,否则,若终端设备101未成功接收第一码字,所述HARQ反馈信息包括NACK信息。S204: The terminal device 101 sends HARQ feedback information to the network device 102 according to the decoding result of the first codeword, and no longer sends HARQ information for the first information and the second information separately; wherein, if the terminal device 101 successfully receives the first code Word, the HARQ information includes ACK information, otherwise, if the terminal device 101 does not successfully receive the first codeword, the HARQ feedback information includes NACK information.
从而根据以上方法,终端设备101在接收到多个指示DCI,且多个DCI指示相同码字的不同层的情况下,可根据码字的译码结果反馈与码字数量对应的HARQ信息,例如码字数量为1那么HARQ信息为1个,例如码字数量为2那么HARQ信息为2个,避免针对多个DCI分别反馈HARQ信息,以节省上行反馈信令,提高HARQ信息的传输准确度。应理解,上例中的第一信息、第二信息,也可以是多TRP传输中的多个TRP分别向终端设备101发送的,例如图3所示,终端设备101也可以在接收TRP1发送的第一信息和TRP2发送的第二信息后,执行S202至S204所示步骤。Therefore, according to the above method, when receiving multiple indication DCIs and multiple DCIs indicating different layers of the same codeword, the terminal device 101 can feed back HARQ information corresponding to the number of codewords according to the decoding result of the codeword, for example If the number of codewords is 1, the HARQ information is one. For example, if the number of codewords is two, the HARQ information is two, avoiding separately feeding back HARQ information for multiple DCIs, to save uplink feedback signaling, and improve the transmission accuracy of HARQ information. It should be understood that the first information and the second information in the above example may also be sent to the terminal device 101 by multiple TRPs in multi-TRP transmission, for example, as shown in FIG. 3, the terminal device 101 may also receive the TRP1 After the first information and the second information sent by TRP2, the steps shown in S202 to S204 are performed.
另外应理解的是,这里的一个HARQ信息中的比特数可以是1bit或C bits。若终端设备没有被配置码块组对应的HARQ反馈,那么一个HARQ信息中的比特数是1bit。若终端设备被配置码块组对应的HARQ反馈,且一个码字包括码块组的数量为C,那么一个HARQ信息中的比特数是C bits。In addition, it should be understood that the number of bits in one HARQ message here may be 1 bit or C bits. If the terminal device is not configured with HARQ feedback corresponding to the code block group, the number of bits in one HARQ message is 1 bit. If the terminal device is configured with HARQ feedback corresponding to the code block group, and the number of code blocks including the code block group is C, then the number of bits in one HARQ message is C bits.
可选的,若该终端设备被网路设备配置为动态HARQ码本反馈HARQ时,该终端设备使用本实施例中的方式确定HARQ反馈信息的比特数量。若该终端设备被网路设备配置为半静态HARQ码本反馈HARQ时,该终端设备不需要使用本实施例中的方式确定HARQ反馈信息的比特数量。Optionally, if the terminal device is configured as dynamic HARQ codebook feedback HARQ by the network device, the terminal device uses the method in this embodiment to determine the number of HARQ feedback information bits. If the terminal device is configured by the network device as semi-static HARQ codebook feedback HARQ, the terminal device does not need to determine the number of bits of HARQ feedback information using the method in this embodiment.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备102发送第一码字时,若将第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到全部层,并通过第一配置信息或者第一信息向终端设备101发送全部层的信息,或者向终端设备101发送第二信息,令终端设备101根据第一信息和第二信息确定全部层的信息,其中,全部层的信息包括全部层的索引号,之后,终端设备101可根据全部层的信息确定第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,之后根据全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,接收第一码字。In the embodiment of the present application, when the network device 102 sends the first codeword, if all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to all layers, and all layers are sent to the terminal device 101 through the first configuration information or the first information Information, or send the second information to the terminal device 101, so that the terminal device 101 determines the information of all layers based on the first information and the second information, where the information of all layers includes the index number of all layers, after which the terminal device 101 may The index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped is determined according to the information of all layers, and then the first codeword is received according to the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols are respectively mapped.
上述过程中,网络设备102可根据全部层的信息确定第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,之后,根据全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号将全部调制符号分别映射到层。In the above process, the network device 102 may determine the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the information of all layers, and then map all modulation symbols separately according to the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols are mapped To the floor.
示例性的,网络设备102和终端设备101在根据全部层的信息确定第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号时,可首先确定每个调制符号属于的调制符号集合以及确定第一对应关系,之后,根据全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第一对应关系,确定每个调制符号映射的层的索引号,其中第一对应关系为全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。Exemplarily, when determining the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped respectively according to the information of all layers, the network device 102 and the terminal device 101 may first determine the modulation symbol set to which each modulation symbol belongs and determine The first correspondence, then, according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in all modulation symbols belong and the first correspondence, the index number of the layer to which each modulation symbol is mapped is determined, where the first correspondence is The correspondence between each modulation symbol set and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
其中,第一码字对应的全部层的数量为q,全部层的信息包括层A 0、层A 1…以及层A q-1,其中A 0、A 1…以及A q-1为层的索引号,第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括的调制符号集合的数量为q,第一码字对应的全部调制符号中的调制符号集合包括第一调制符号集合和第二调制符号集合,第一对应关系可包括: Among them, the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword is q, and the information of all layers includes layer A 0 , layer A 1 … and layer A q-1 , where A 0 , A 1 … and A q-1 are layer Index number, the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is q, and the modulation symbol set among all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword includes the first modulation symbol set and the second modulation symbol set. A correspondence may include:
第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层A 0,第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为q*i; The modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer A 0 , and the index number of the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set is q * i;
第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层A q-1,第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为q*i+q-1; The modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set are mapped to layer A q-1 , and the index number of the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set is q * i + q-1;
其中,i为0到
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000004
的整数,M为第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量;或者,i为0到
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000005
的整数,M为第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量,
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000006
表示对
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000007
进行向上取整运算;或者i为0到
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000008
的整数,M为第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量,
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000009
表示对M/q进行向上取整运算。
Where i is from 0 to
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000004
Integer, M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword; or, i is from 0 to
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000005
, M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword,
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000006
Indicate right
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000007
Perform round-up operation; or i is 0 to
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000008
, M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword,
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000009
It means rounding up M / q.
仍以图5为例,在将第一码字对应的全部调制符号(编号分别为0至5)映射至层0、层1以及层2时,此时,M=6,q=3,i=0,1,从而,根据以上方法,网络设备102以及终端设备101可确定第一码字对应的全部层的数量为3,第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括的调制符号集合的数量为3,第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射至层0,第一调制符号集合中的调制符号包括调制符号0和调制符号3,第二调制符号结合中的调制符号映射至层2,第二调制符号集合中的调制符号包括调制符号2和调制符号5。可以理解的是,当q大于2时,还包括其他q-2个符号集合映射到调制符号映射到层A q-1-x,第x调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为q*i+x-1,本申请不再赘述。 Still taking FIG. 5 as an example, when all modulation symbols (numbered 0 to 5) corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to layer 0, layer 1, and layer 2, at this time, M = 6, q = 3, i = 0,1, according to the above method, the network device 102 and the terminal device 101 can determine that the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword is 3, and the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is 3. The modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer 0, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set include modulation symbol 0 and modulation symbol 3, and the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol combination are mapped to layer 2, the second The modulation symbols in the modulation symbol set include modulation symbol 2 and modulation symbol 5. It can be understood that when q is greater than 2, other q-2 symbol sets are mapped to modulation symbols mapped to layer A q-1-x , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the xth modulation symbol set is q * i + x-1, this application will not repeat them.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备102发送第一码字时,若将第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到第一数量的层,终端设备101可根据第一数量的层的信息确定第一码字对应的全 部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,之后根据全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,接收第一码字。In the embodiment of the present application, when the network device 102 sends the first codeword, if all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number of layers, the terminal device 101 may determine the first number according to the information of the first number of layers An index number of a layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to a codeword are mapped, and then a first codeword is received according to the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols are mapped.
上述过程中,网络设备102可根据第一数量的层的信息确定第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,之后,根据全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号将全部调制符号分别映射到层。In the above process, the network device 102 may determine the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the information of the first number of layers, and then, according to the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols are respectively mapped Symbols are mapped to layers respectively.
具体的,网络设备102和终端设备101在根据第一数量的层的信息确定第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号时,可首先确定每个调制符号属于的调制符号集合以及确定第二对应关系,之后,根据全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第二对应关系,确定每个调制符号映射的层的索引号,其中第一对应关系为全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。Specifically, when determining the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped respectively according to the information of the first number of layers, the network device 102 and the terminal device 101 may first determine the modulation symbol set to which each modulation symbol belongs And determining the second correspondence, and then, according to the modulation symbol set and the second correspondence between the modulation symbols in all modulation symbols, determine the index number of the layer to which each modulation symbol is mapped, where the first correspondence is among all modulation symbols Correspondence between each modulation symbol set and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
示例性的,若第一信息指示的第一数量(即第一码字对应的第一数量的层的数量)为p,第一数量的层的信息包括层B 0、层B 1…以及层B p-1,其中B 0、B 1。。。。以及B p-1为层的索引号,第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括的调制符号集合的数量为p,第二对应关系可包括: Exemplarily, if the first number indicated by the first information (that is, the number of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword) is p, the information of the first number of layers includes layer B 0 , layer B 1 ..., and layers B p-1 , where B 0 and B 1. . . . And B p-1 is the index number of the layer, the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is p, and the second correspondence may include:
当p为1,第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到层B 0;或者, When p is 1, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to layer B 0 ; or,
当p为2,第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合和第二调制符号集合,第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1;或者, When p is 2, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include the first modulation symbol set and the second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , and the modulation in the first modulation symbol set The index number of the symbol is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 1; or,
当p为3,第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合和第二调制符号集合,第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2;或者, When p is 3, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include the first modulation symbol set and the second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , and the modulation in the first modulation symbol set The index number of the symbol is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 1, and the index in the third modulation symbol set The modulation symbol is mapped to layer B 2 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 2; or,
当p为4,第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合和第二调制符号集合,第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2,第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 3,第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+3; When p is 4, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include the first modulation symbol set and the second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , and the modulation in the first modulation symbol set The index number of the symbol is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 1, and the index in the third modulation symbol set The modulation symbols are mapped to layer B 2 , the index of the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 2, the modulation symbols in the third modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 3 , and the modulation in the second modulation symbol set The index number of the symbol is p * i + 3;
其中,i为0到
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000010
的整数,M为所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量;或者,i为0到
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000011
的整数,M为第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量,
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000012
表示对
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000013
进行向上取整运算;或者i为0到
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000014
的整数,M为第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量,
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000015
表示对M/p进行向上取整运算。
Where i is from 0 to
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000010
, M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword; or, i is from 0 to
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000011
, M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword,
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000012
Indicate right
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000013
Perform round-up operation; or i is 0 to
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000014
, M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword,
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000015
Means rounding up M / p.
应理解,以上第二对应关系只是举例说明,本申请并不限制p取1、2、3或4,p也可以是大于4的整数。It should be understood that the above second correspondence relationship is only an example, and this application does not limit p to take 1, 2, 3, or 4, p may also be an integer greater than 4.
如图7所示,若第一数量的层为层0、层1,第一码字对应的调制符号在将第一码字对应的全部调制符号(编号分别为0至5)映射至层0以及层1时,此时M=6,p=2,i=0,1,2,从而,根据以上方法,网络设备102以及终端设备101可确定第一码字对应的全部层的数量为2,第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括的调制符号集合的数量为2,第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射至层0,第一调制符号集合中的调制符号包括调制符号0、调制符号2和调制符号4,第二调制符号结合中的调制符号映射至层1,第二调制符号集合中的调制符号包括调制符号1、调制符号3和调制符号5。As shown in FIG. 7, if the first number of layers are layer 0 and layer 1, the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword map all modulation symbols (numbered 0 to 5) corresponding to the first codeword to layer 0 And layer 1, at this time M = 6, p = 2, i = 0, 1, 2, according to the above method, the network device 102 and the terminal device 101 can determine that the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword is 2 , The number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is 2, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer 0, and the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set include modulation symbol 0 and modulation symbol 2 and modulation symbol 4, the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol combination are mapped to layer 1, and the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set include modulation symbol 1, modulation symbol 3, and modulation symbol 5.
当至少两个DCI指示第一码字的不同层传输时,那么第一码字的全部调制符号是针对所述至少两个DCI中的每个DCI进行层映射。可以理解为,每个DCI指示的层上映射了第一码字的全部调制符号,因此应用本实施例中的实现方式,使得终端设备在只接收到一个DCI的情况下,依然可以接收到全部的调制符号,从而提高信息接收的准确率。When at least two DCIs indicate transmission of different layers of the first codeword, then all modulation symbols of the first codeword are layer-mapped for each of the at least two DCIs. It can be understood that all the modulation symbols of the first codeword are mapped on the layer indicated by each DCI, so the implementation in this embodiment is applied so that the terminal device can still receive all the signals when only one DCI is received. Modulation symbol to improve the accuracy of information reception.
示例性的,若第二信息指示的层的索引号为图6所示的层2,网络设备102还可将全部调制符号映射至层2,并通过第二信息向终端设备101指示层2,从而,终端设备101在接收第一信息和第二信息后,可根据第一信息和第二信息,在层0、层1以及层2进行第一码字的联合接收,从而进一步提高传输效率。联合接收可以是将第一信息指示的第一数量的层上第一码字的全部调制符号与第二信息指示的第二数量的层上第一码字的全部调制符号进行合并后,再进行数据解调和译码,或者还可以是将第一信息指示的第一数量的层上第一码字的全部调制符号解调后的编码序列与第二信息指示的第二数量的层上第一码字的全部调制符号解调后的编码序列进行合并后,再进行数据译码。Exemplarily, if the index number of the layer indicated by the second information is layer 2 shown in FIG. 6, the network device 102 may also map all modulation symbols to layer 2, and indicate layer 2 to the terminal device 101 through the second information. Therefore, after receiving the first information and the second information, the terminal device 101 can perform joint reception of the first codeword at layer 0, layer 1, and layer 2 according to the first information and the second information, thereby further improving transmission efficiency. The joint reception may be to combine all the modulation symbols of the first codeword on the first number of layers indicated by the first information with all the modulation symbols of the first codeword on the second number of layers indicated by the second information, and then perform Data demodulation and decoding, or may be a code sequence obtained by demodulating all the modulation symbols of the first codeword on the first number of layers indicated by the first information and the second number on the second number of layers indicated by the second information The code sequences after demodulation of all modulation symbols of one code word are combined, and then data decoding is performed.
可选的,第一码字的全部调制符号映射到第一数量的层的映射,还可以根据表5来确定。其中,
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000016
为第一码字的全部调制符号的数量,d (0)(i)为层映射之前的第i个调制符号,其中i为调制符号的索引号,x (A0)(i)为做层映射之后映射到层A 0的第i个调制符号,i为大于等于0且小于等于
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000017
的计数数值。
Optionally, the mapping of all modulation symbols of the first codeword to the first number of layers may also be determined according to Table 5. among them,
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000016
Is the number of all modulation symbols of the first codeword, d (0) (i) is the i-th modulation symbol before layer mapping, where i is the index number of the modulation symbol, and x (A0) (i) is the layer mapping Then map to the i-th modulation symbol of layer A 0 , i is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000017
Count value of.
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000018
表5table 5
可选的,第一码字的全部调制符号映射到第一数量的层的映射且第一码字的全部调制符号映射到第二数量的层的映射,还可以根据表6来确定。其中,
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000019
为第一码字的全部调制符号的数量,d (0)(i)为层映射之前的第i个调制符号,其中i为调制符号的索引号, x (A0)(i)为做层映射之后映射到层A 0的第i个调制符号,x (B0)(i)为做层映射之后映射到层B 0的第i个调制符号,i为大于等于0且小于等于
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000020
的计数数值。可以理解为,当网络设备发送第一信息和第二信息,在发送第一码字之前,网络设备需要对第一码字进行两个信息分别的层映射。
Optionally, the mapping of all modulation symbols of the first codeword to the first number of layers and the mapping of all modulation symbols of the first codeword to the second number of layers may also be determined according to Table 6. among them,
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000019
Is the number of all modulation symbols of the first codeword, d (0) (i) is the i-th modulation symbol before layer mapping, where i is the index number of the modulation symbol, and x (A0) (i) is the layer mapping Then mapped to the i-th modulation symbol of layer A 0 , x (B0) (i) is the i-th modulation symbol mapped to layer B 0 after layer mapping, i is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000020
Count value of. It can be understood that when the network device sends the first information and the second information, before sending the first codeword, the network device needs to perform layer mapping of the two information on the first codeword separately.
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000022
表6Table 6
本申请实施例中,网络设备102还可通过配置信息对终端设备101是否执行本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行控制。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device 102 may also control whether the terminal device 101 executes the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application through configuration information.
示例性的,网络设备102还可向终端设备101发送第四配置信息,用于指示第一信息所指示所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到的层为全部层数中的部分层。从而终端设备101在接收第四配置信息后,可根据第四配置信息,确定第一数量小于全部层的数量,之后终端设备101可根据S103所示步骤,根据第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,接收第一码字。Exemplarily, the network device 102 may also send fourth configuration information to the terminal device 101 to indicate that the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the first information are mapped is a partial layer in the total number of layers . Therefore, after receiving the fourth configuration information, the terminal device 101 may determine that the first number is less than the number of all layers according to the fourth configuration information, and then the terminal device 101 may follow the step shown in S103 according to the first number corresponding to the first codeword Receive the first codeword for the layer information.
示例性的,网络设备102还可向终端设备101发送第五配置信息,用于指示第一信息所指示所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到的层为全部层,从而终端设备101在收到第五配置信息后,确定全部层的信息,根据全部层的信息在全部层上接收码字,例如终端设备101可根据S103a所示步骤,根据全部层的信息,接收第一码字。Exemplarily, the network device 102 may also send fifth configuration information to the terminal device 101 to indicate that all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the first information are mapped to all layers, so that the terminal device 101 After receiving the fifth configuration information, the information of all layers is determined, and the codewords are received on all layers according to the information of all layers. For example, the terminal device 101 can receive the first codeword according to the information of all layers according to the step shown in S103a .
示例性的,网络设备102还可向终端设备101发送第六配置信息,用于指示终端设备在至少两个信息分别指示的相同码字的不同层的信息时,接收所述至少两个信息。从而,网络设备102可控制终端设备101根据至少两个信息接收相同码字,例如终端设备101可根据S103所示步骤,根据第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,接收第一码字。在终端设备101未收到第六配置信息或者接收配置信息用于指示终端设备在至少两个信息分别指示的不同码字的信息的情况下,终端设备101不使用本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收码字。Exemplarily, the network device 102 may also send sixth configuration information to the terminal device 101 for instructing the terminal device to receive the at least two pieces of information when different layers of information of the same codeword indicated by the at least two pieces of information respectively. Thus, the network device 102 can control the terminal device 101 to receive the same codeword according to at least two pieces of information, for example, the terminal device 101 can receive the first code according to the first number of layers of information corresponding to the first codeword according to the step shown in S103 word. In the case where the terminal device 101 does not receive the sixth configuration information or the configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to use different codewords indicated by at least two pieces of information, the terminal device 101 does not use the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application Receive codeword.
应理解,网络设备102可向终端设备101发送以上第四配置信息、第五配置信息或者第六配置信息,也可以向终端设备101发送第四配置信息、第五配置信息以及第六配置信息中的部分配置信息,如发送第四配置信息和第六配置信息,或者发送第五配置信息或第六配置信息。It should be understood that the network device 102 may send the above fourth configuration information, fifth configuration information or sixth configuration information to the terminal device 101, and may also send the fourth configuration information, fifth configuration information and sixth configuration information to the terminal device 101 Part of the configuration information, such as sending fourth configuration information and sixth configuration information, or sending fifth configuration information or sixth configuration information.
另外在实施中,终端设备101还可向网络设备102上报自身是否支持针对相同码字的多个控制信息(如DCI),例如,终端设备101可向网络设备102发送第一通知信息,指示终端设备101能够在至少两个信息分别指示的相同码字的不同层的信息时,接收所述至少两个信息,从而网络设备102在收到终端设备101发送的第一通知信息后,可向终端设备101发送第一信息和/或第二信息,并由终端设备101根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法接收第一码字,例如终端设备101可根据S103所示步骤,根据第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,接收第一码字。否则,在网络设备102未收到终端设备101发送的第一通知信息的情况或者终端设备101上报自身不支持针对相同码字的多个控制信息下,网络设备102可不向终端设备101发送第一信息,此时终端设备101不执行本申请实施例提供的通信方法。可选的,这里的多个控制信息需要满足第一条件和/或第二条件,关于第一条件和第二条件的描述请参见前文,这里不再赘述。In addition, in implementation, the terminal device 101 may also report to the network device 102 whether it supports multiple control information (such as DCI) for the same codeword. For example, the terminal device 101 may send the first notification information to the network device 102 to instruct the terminal The device 101 can receive at least two pieces of information of different layers of the same codeword indicated by at least two pieces of information, so that the network device 102 can send a message to the terminal after receiving the first notification information sent by the terminal device 101 The device 101 sends the first information and / or the second information, and the terminal device 101 receives the first codeword according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the terminal device 101 may correspond to the first codeword according to the step shown in S103 For the first number of layers of information, receive the first codeword. Otherwise, when the network device 102 does not receive the first notification information sent by the terminal device 101 or the terminal device 101 reports that it does not support multiple control information for the same codeword, the network device 102 may not send the first notification information to the terminal device 101 Information, at this time, the terminal device 101 does not execute the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application. Optionally, multiple pieces of control information here need to satisfy the first condition and / or the second condition. For the description of the first condition and the second condition, please refer to the foregoing, which will not be repeated here.
以上主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个通信装置,例如终端设备,基站等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功 能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件、计算机软件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above functions, each communication device, such as a terminal device, a base station, etc., includes a hardware structure and / or a software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should be easily aware that, in conjunction with the example units and algorithm steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware, computer software, or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed by hardware or computer software driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
图8示出了上述实施例中所涉及的通信装置的一种可能的结构示意图。通信装置800可用于实现本申请实施例提供的网络设备102的功能。如图8所示,通信装置800包括发射器/接收器801,控制器/处理器802,存储器803以及通信单元804。FIG. 8 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the communication device involved in the foregoing embodiment. The communication device 800 may be used to implement the functions of the network device 102 provided in the embodiments of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the communication device 800 includes a transmitter / receiver 801, a controller / processor 802, a memory 803, and a communication unit 804.
具体的,所述发射器/接收器801用于支持通信装置800与上述实施例中的所述的终端设备101之间收发信息,以及支持所述通信装置800与其他终端设备、基站或通信设备之间进行无线电通信。所述控制器/处理器802执行各种用于与终端设备101通信的功能。在上行链路,来自所述终端设备101的上行链路信号经由天线接收,由接收器801进行调解,并进一步由控制器/处理器802进行处理来恢复终端设备101所发送到业务数据和信令信息。在下行链路上,业务数据和信令消息由控制器/处理器802进行处理,并由发射器801进行调解来产生下行链路信号,并经由天线发射给终端设备101。控制器/处理器802还执行图4中涉及网络设备102的处理过程和/或用于网络设备102执行的本申请所描述的技术的其他过程,例如,用于确定第一数量层的索引号和/或用于确定全部层的索引号。存储器803用于存储通信装置800的程序代码和数据,例如,可存储本申请实施例提供的第一对应关系、第二对应关系等等数据。通信单元804包括但不限于光纤链路接口,以太网接口,铜线接口等,可用于支持通信装置800与其他网络实体,与位于核心网中的网络实体进行通信。Specifically, the transmitter / receiver 801 is used to support communication between the communication device 800 and the terminal device 101 in the foregoing embodiment, and to support the communication device 800 with other terminal devices, base stations, or communication devices Radio communication between. The controller / processor 802 performs various functions for communicating with the terminal device 101. On the uplink, the uplink signal from the terminal device 101 is received via the antenna, mediated by the receiver 801, and further processed by the controller / processor 802 to recover the service data and signal sent by the terminal device 101令 信息。 Order information. On the downlink, the service data and signaling messages are processed by the controller / processor 802 and mediated by the transmitter 801 to generate downlink signals, which are transmitted to the terminal device 101 via the antenna. The controller / processor 802 also performs the processing procedure in FIG. 4 involving the network device 102 and / or other procedures for the network device 102 to perform the technology described in this application, for example, for determining the index number of the first number layer And / or used to determine the index number of all layers. The memory 803 is used to store program codes and data of the communication device 800, for example, data such as the first correspondence relationship, the second correspondence relationship, and the like provided by the embodiments of the present application may be stored. The communication unit 804 includes but is not limited to an optical fiber link interface, an Ethernet interface, a copper wire interface, etc., and can be used to support the communication device 800 to communicate with other network entities and network entities located in the core network.
示例性的,发射器/接收器801,可用于执行如图4中S101以及S103所示步骤。发射器/接收器801还可用于执行图4A中S101和S103a所示步骤。发射器/接收器801还可用于执行如图6中S201所示步骤以及执行S204所示步骤中接收HARQ反馈信息的步骤。发射器/接收器801还可用于向终端设备101发送本申请所涉及的第二信息、第一配置信息、第三配置信息、第四配置信息、第五配置信息或者第六配置信息,或者以上多个信息之间的组合,或者其他本申请中需要向终端设备101发送的信息、数据和/或消息。发射器/接收器801还可用于接收本申请实施例涉及的终端设备101发送的第一通知信息。Exemplarily, the transmitter / receiver 801 may be used to perform the steps shown in S101 and S103 in FIG. 4. The transmitter / receiver 801 may also be used to perform the steps shown in S101 and S103a in FIG. 4A. The transmitter / receiver 801 may also be used to perform the step shown in S201 in FIG. 6 and the step of receiving HARQ feedback information in the step shown in S204. The transmitter / receiver 801 may also be used to send the second information, first configuration information, third configuration information, fourth configuration information, fifth configuration information or sixth configuration information involved in the present application to the terminal device 101, or above A combination of multiple pieces of information, or other information, data, and / or messages that need to be sent to the terminal device 101 in this application. The transmitter / receiver 801 may also be used to receive the first notification information sent by the terminal device 101 involved in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请并不限制发射器/接收器801,控制器/处理器802,存储器803以及通信单元804之间的连接介质,例如,这些组件之间可通过总线(bus)结构或其他介质连接。发射器/接收器801,控制器/处理器802,存储器803以及通信单元804之间可相互独立,也可以集成在一个芯片上。The present application does not limit the connection media between the transmitter / receiver 801, the controller / processor 802, the memory 803, and the communication unit 804. For example, these components may be connected by a bus structure or other media. The transmitter / receiver 801, the controller / processor 802, the memory 803, and the communication unit 804 may be independent of each other, or may be integrated on one chip.
图9示出了上述实施例中所涉及的通信设备900的一种可能的设计结构的简化示意图通信装置900可用于实现本申请实施例提供的终端设备101的功能。该通信设备900包括发射器901,接收器902,控制器/处理器903,存储器904和调制解调处理器905。FIG. 9 shows a simplified schematic diagram of a possible design structure of the communication device 900 involved in the foregoing embodiment. The communication device 900 may be used to implement the functions of the terminal device 101 provided in the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 900 includes a transmitter 901, a receiver 902, a controller / processor 903, a memory 904, and a modem processor 905.
在实施中,发射器901可调节(例如,模拟转换、滤波、放大和上变频等)输出采样并生成上行链路信号,该上行链路信号经由天线发射给上述实施例中所述的网络设备102。在下行链路上,天线接收上述实施例中网络设备102发射的下行链路信号。接收器902调节(例如,滤波、放大、下变频以及数字化等)从天线接收的信号并提供输入采样。在调制解调处理器905中,编码器接收要在上行链路上发送的业务数据和信令消息,并对业务 数据和信令消息进行处理(例如,格式化、编码和交织)。调制器进一步处理(例如,符号映射和调制)编码后的业务数据和信令消息并提供输出采样。解调器处理(例如,解调)该输入采样并提供符号估计。解码器处理(例如,解交织和解码)该符号估计并提供发送给通信设备900的已解码的数据和信令消息。编码器、调制器、解调器和解码器可以由合成的调制解调处理器1105来实现。这些单元根据无线接入网采用的无线接入技术(例如,LTE及其他演进系统的接入技术)来进行处理。In implementation, the transmitter 901 may adjust (eg, analog conversion, filtering, amplification, up-conversion, etc.) output samples and generate an uplink signal, which is transmitted to the network device described in the above embodiment via an antenna 102. On the downlink, the antenna receives the downlink signal transmitted by the network device 102 in the above embodiment. The receiver 902 adjusts (eg, filters, amplifies, down-converts, digitizes, etc.) the signal received from the antenna and provides input samples. In the modem processor 905, the encoder receives service data and signaling messages to be sent on the uplink, and processes the service data and signaling messages (e.g., formatting, encoding, and interleaving). The modulator further processes (eg, symbol mapping and modulation) the encoded service data and signaling messages and provides output samples. The demodulator processes (eg, demodulates) the input samples and provides symbol estimates. The decoder processes (e.g., deinterleaves and decodes) the symbol to estimate and provide the decoded data and signaling messages sent to the communication device 900. The encoder, modulator, demodulator, and decoder may be implemented by the synthesized modem processor 1105. These units are processed according to the radio access technology adopted by the radio access network (for example, the access technology of LTE and other evolved systems).
控制器/处理器903可用于对通信设备900的动作进行控制管理,用于执行上述实施例中由终端设备101进行的处理操作,例如用于根据全部层的信息确定第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号和/或本申请所描述的技术的其他过程。控制器/处理器903还可用于执行图6中S203所示步骤。发射器901、接收器902由于通信装置900进行无线通信。作为示例,发射器1901还可用于执行图6中S204所示步骤。发射器1901还可用于通信装置900向本申请实施例所述的网络设备102发送第一通知信息等。接收器902可用于支持终端设备101执行图4中的步骤S102中接收第一信息的操作和S104中的接收第一码字的操作。接收器902还可用于支持终端设备101执行图4A中的步骤S102以及S104。接收器902还用于支持终端设备101执行如图6中S202所示步骤。接收器902还可用于接收网络设备102发送的第二信息、第一配置信息、第二配置信息、第三配置信息、第四配置信息、第五配置信息或者第六配置信息中的部分或全部信息,以及,接收其他网络设备102所发送的信息、数据和/或消息。存储器904用于存储用于终端设备101的程序代码和数据,例如,存储本申请实施例提供的第一对应关系、第二对应关系等数据以及其他网络设备102发送的数据、信息,控制器/处理器903可调用存储器904中的程序代码,执行本申请实施例提供的由终端设备101执行的处理操作。The controller / processor 903 may be used to control and manage the actions of the communication device 900, to perform the processing operations performed by the terminal device 101 in the foregoing embodiment, for example, to determine all corresponding to the first codeword according to information of all layers The index numbers of the layers to which the modulation symbols are mapped and / or other processes of the technology described in this application. The controller / processor 903 can also be used to perform the steps shown in S203 in FIG. 6. The transmitter 901 and the receiver 902 perform wireless communication by the communication device 900. As an example, the transmitter 1901 can also be used to perform the steps shown in S204 in FIG. 6. The transmitter 1901 can also be used for the communication device 900 to send the first notification information and the like to the network device 102 described in the embodiments of the present application. The receiver 902 may be used to support the terminal device 101 to perform the operation of receiving the first information in step S102 in FIG. 4 and the operation of receiving the first codeword in S104. The receiver 902 may also be used to support the terminal device 101 to perform steps S102 and S104 in FIG. 4A. The receiver 902 is also used to support the terminal device 101 to perform the steps shown in S202 in FIG. 6. The receiver 902 may also be used to receive some or all of the second information, first configuration information, second configuration information, third configuration information, fourth configuration information, fifth configuration information, or sixth configuration information sent by the network device 102 Information, and receive information, data, and / or messages sent by other network devices 102. The memory 904 is used to store program codes and data for the terminal device 101, for example, to store data such as the first correspondence relationship and the second correspondence relationship provided by the embodiments of the present application, and data and information sent by other network devices 102. The controller / The processor 903 may call the program code in the memory 904 to perform the processing operation performed by the terminal device 101 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请并不限制发射器901,接收器902,控制器/处理器903,存储器904和调制解调处理器905之间的连接介质,例如,这些组件之间可通过总线结构或其他介质连接。发射器901,接收器902,控制器/处理器903,存储器904和调制解调处理器905之间可相互独立,也可以集成在一个芯片上。The application does not limit the connection media between the transmitter 901, the receiver 902, the controller / processor 903, the memory 904, and the modem processor 905. For example, these components may be connected by a bus structure or other media. The transmitter 901, the receiver 902, the controller / processor 903, the memory 904 and the modem processor 905 may be independent of each other, or may be integrated on one chip.
应理解,以上用于实现本申请实施例提供的网络设备102、终端设备101的通信装置的结构仅仅是举例说明,本申请实施例提供的网络设备102和/或终端设备101也可通过模块化结构实现。It should be understood that the structure of the above communication device for implementing the network device 102 and the terminal device 101 provided in the embodiments of the present application is merely an example, and the network device 102 and / or the terminal device 101 provided in the embodiments of the present application may also be modularized. Structure realization.
如图10所示,本申请实施例提供的一种模块化的通信装置1000可包括接收单元1001、处理单元1002和存储单元1004。As shown in FIG. 10, a modular communication device 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application may include a receiving unit 1001, a processing unit 1002, and a storage unit 1004.
若通信装置1000为终端设备,接收单元1001可用于执行本申请实施例中终端设备101涉及的接收过程,例如,执行图4中的步骤S102中接收第一信息的操作和S104中的接收第一码字的操作。通信装置还可包括存储单元1004,用于存储程序代码和数据,这些程序代码可供接收单元1001和/或处理单元调用以实现相应处理操作。If the communication device 1000 is a terminal device, the receiving unit 1001 may be used to perform the receiving process involved in the terminal device 101 in the embodiment of the present application, for example, performing the operation of receiving the first information in step S102 in FIG. 4 and receiving the first Codeword operation. The communication device may further include a storage unit 1004 for storing program codes and data, and these program codes may be called by the receiving unit 1001 and / or the processing unit to implement corresponding processing operations.
接收单元1001还可用于支持终端设备101执行图4A中的步骤S102以及S104。接收单元1001还用于支持终端设备101执行如图6中S202所示步骤。接收单元1001还可用于接收网络设备102发送的第二信息、第一配置信息、第二配置信息、第三配置信息、第四配置信息、第五配置信息或者第六配置信息中的部分或全部信息,以及,接收其他网络设备102所发送的信息、数据和/或消息。处理单元1002可用于执行本申请实施例中终端 设备101涉及的处理过程,具体的,处理单元1002可用于执行图4中S104所示步骤中确定全部层的信息的步骤。处理单元1002可用于执行图6中S203所示步骤。处理单元1002还可用于根据全部层的信息,确定第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,该全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号可用于接收单元1001接收所述第一码字。The receiving unit 1001 may also be used to support the terminal device 101 to execute steps S102 and S104 in FIG. 4A. The receiving unit 1001 is also used to support the terminal device 101 to perform the steps shown in S202 in FIG. 6. The receiving unit 1001 may also be used to receive some or all of the second information, first configuration information, second configuration information, third configuration information, fourth configuration information, fifth configuration information, or sixth configuration information sent by the network device 102 Information, and receive information, data, and / or messages sent by other network devices 102. The processing unit 1002 may be used to perform the processing procedure involved in the terminal device 101 in the embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the processing unit 1002 may be used to perform the step of determining the information of all layers in the step shown in S104 in FIG. 4. The processing unit 1002 may be used to perform the steps shown in S203 in FIG. 6. The processing unit 1002 can also be used to determine the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the information of all layers. A codeword.
通信装置1000还可包括发送单元1003,发送单元1003可用于执行图6中S204所示步骤。The communication device 1000 may further include a sending unit 1003, and the sending unit 1003 may be used to perform the steps shown in S204 in FIG. 6.
示例性的,所述接收单元1001,可用于接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,所述第一数量小于所述第一码字对应的全部层的数量,所述第一数量为大于等于1的正整数,所述全部层的数量为大于等于2的正整数;Exemplarily, the receiving unit 1001 may be configured to receive first information that is used to indicate information of a first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the first number is smaller than the first code The number of all layers corresponding to a word, the first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and the number of all layers is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2;
所述接收单元1001,用于根据所述第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,接收所述第一码字,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述第一数量的层;或者,所述处理单元1002,可用于确定所述全部层的信息;所述接收单元1001,用于根据所述处理单元确定的所述全部层的信息,接收所述第一码字,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述全部层。The receiving unit 1001 is configured to receive the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first Number of layers; or, the processing unit 1002 may be used to determine the information of all layers; the receiving unit 1001 is used to receive the first code according to the information of all layers determined by the processing unit Word, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to all layers.
示例性的,所述接收单元1001还用于接收第一配置信息;所述处理单元1002具体用于根据所述接收单元所接收的所述第一配置信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者,Exemplarily, the receiving unit 1001 is further configured to receive first configuration information; the processing unit 1002 is specifically configured to determine the information of all layers according to the first configuration information received by the receiving unit, the The first configuration information is used to indicate the information of all the layers; or,
所述处理单元1002具体用于根据所述第一信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第一信息还用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者,The processing unit 1002 is specifically configured to determine the information of all the layers according to the first information, and the first information is also used to indicate the information of the all layers; or,
所述接收单元1001还用于接收第二配置信息,所述处理单元用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述第一信息和所述第二配置信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示多个全部层的信息,所述第一信息还用于指示所述多个全部层的信息中的一个全部层的信息;或者,The receiving unit 1001 is further configured to receive second configuration information, and the processing unit is configured to determine the information of all layers according to the first information and the second configuration information received by the receiving unit. 2. The configuration information is used to indicate information of a plurality of all layers, and the first information is also used to indicate information of one all layer of the information of the plurality of all layers; or,
所述接收单元1001还用于接收所述第二信息,所述处理单元1002用于根据所述接收单元1001所接收的所述第一信息以及所述第二信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息,所述全部层的信息包括所述第一数量的层的信息以及所述第二数量的层的信息。The receiving unit 1001 is further configured to receive the second information, and the processing unit 1002 is configured to determine the information of all layers according to the first information and the second information received by the receiving unit 1001, The second information is used to indicate information of a second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the information of all layers includes information of the first number of layers and information of the second number of layers .
示例性的,所述处理单元1002具体用于:根据所述全部层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号;Exemplarily, the processing unit 1002 is specifically configured to: according to the information of all layers, determine the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped;
所述接收单元1001具体用于根据所述处理单元确定的所述全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,接收所述第一码字。The receiving unit 1001 is specifically configured to receive the first codeword according to the index number of the layer to which all the modulation symbols determined by the processing unit are respectively mapped.
示例性的,所述处理单元1002具体用于根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第一对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第一对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。Exemplarily, the processing unit 1002 is specifically configured to determine the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and the first correspondence. Index number, the first correspondence is a correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
示例性的,所述处理单元1002具体用于根据所述第一码字对应的所述第一数量的层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的调制符号分别映射的层的索引号;Exemplarily, the processing unit 1002 is specifically configured to determine the index number of the layer to which the modulation symbol corresponding to the first codeword is mapped according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword;
所述接收单元1001具体用于根据所述处理单元确定的所述第一码字对应的调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,接收所述第一码字。The receiving unit 1001 is specifically configured to receive the first codeword according to the index numbers of the layers to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword respectively determined by the processing unit are mapped.
示例性的,所述处理单元1002具体用于根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的 调制符号集合和第二对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第二对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。Exemplarily, the processing unit 1002 is specifically configured to determine the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set and the second correspondence between the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols Index number, the second correspondence relationship is a correspondence relationship between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
示例性的,所述第一信息以及所述第二信息满足第一条件,所述第一条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:所述第一信息指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程标识与所述第二信息指示的HARQ进程标识相同;或者,所述第一信息指示的天线端口与所述第二信息指示的天线端口不同;或者,所述第一信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,与所述第二信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息不同;或者,所述第一信息包括的新数据指示信息NDI与所述第二信息包括的NDI相同;或者,所述第一信息包括的下行分配指示信息DAI与所述第二信息包括的DAI相同;或者,所述第一信息包括的码字指示信息与所述第二信息包括的码字指示信息相同;或者,所述第一信息指示的时频域资源与所述第二信息指示的时频域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。Exemplarily, the first information and the second information satisfy a first condition, and the first condition includes at least one of the following conditions: the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process identifier and the location indicated by the first information The HARQ process identifier indicated by the second information is the same; or, the antenna port indicated by the first information is different from the antenna port indicated by the second information; or, the first codeword indicated by the first information corresponds to The first number of layers of information is different from the second number of layers of information corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the second information; or, the first information includes new data indicating information NDI and The NDI included in the second information is the same; or, the downlink allocation indication information DAI included in the first information is the same as the DAI included in the second information; or the codeword indication information included in the first information is the same as the The codeword indication information included in the second information is the same; or, the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information partially or completely overlap.
示例性的,所述接收单元1001还用于接收第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息、所述第一信息以及所述第二信息满足第二条件,所述第二条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:所述第三配置信息用于指示第一格式,所述第一信息的格式以及所述第二信息的格式均为所述第一格式;或者,所述第三配置信息用于指示第一无线网络标识RNTI,加扰所述第一信息的RNTI以及加扰所述第二信息的RNTI均为所述第一RNTI;或者,所述第三配置信息用于指示第一控制资源集合,所述第一信息所在的资源以及所述第二信息所在的资源均属于所述第一控制资源集合;或者,所述第三配置信息用于指示第一搜索空间,所述第一信息所在的搜索空间以及所述第二信息所在的搜索空间为所述第一搜索空间。Exemplarily, the receiving unit 1001 is further configured to receive third configuration information, the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information satisfy a second condition, and the second condition includes the following conditions At least one of: the third configuration information is used to indicate a first format, the format of the first information and the format of the second information are both the first format; or, the third configuration information is used to Indicating the first wireless network identity RNTI, the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI; Set, the resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first control resource set; or, the third configuration information is used to indicate a first search space, the first information The search space where the second information is located and the search space where the second information is located are the first search space.
示例性的,所述第一数量为p,所述第一数量的层的信息包括层B 0、层B 1…以及层B p-1,其中B 0、B 1…以及B p-1为层的索引号,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括的调制符号集合的数量为p,所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系包括:当p为1,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到层B 0;或者,当p为2,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合和第二调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1;或者,当p为3,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合和第三调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,第三调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2;或者,当p为4,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合、第三调制符号集合和第四调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 3,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+3;其中,i为0到
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000023
的整数, M为所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量。
Exemplarily, the first number is p, and the information of the first number of layers includes layer B 0 , layer B 1 ..., and layer B p-1 , where B 0 , B 1 ..., and B p-1 are The index number of the layer, the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is p, and each modulation symbol set in the all modulation symbols and the index of the layer included in the information of all layers The corresponding relationship of the numbers includes: when p is 1, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to layer B 0 ; or, when p is 2, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include the first modulation A symbol set and a second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, and the second modulation The modulation symbols in the symbol set are mapped to layer B 1 , and the index number of the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 1; or, when p is 3, all the modulations corresponding to the first codeword Symbols include a first set of modulation symbols, a second set of modulation symbols, and a third modulation symbol Symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, and the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set Mapped to layer B 1 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 1, and the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 2 , the third modulation symbol set The index number of the modulation symbol of is p * i + 2; or, when p is 4, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set, a second modulation symbol set, a third modulation symbol set and A fourth modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, and the second modulation symbol set The modulation symbols of are mapped to layer B 1 , the index number of the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 1, the modulation symbols in the third modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 2 , the first The index number of the modulation symbol in the three modulation symbol set p * i + 2, the modulation symbols of the fourth set of modulation symbols mapped to the layer B 3, the fourth set of modulation symbols in a modulation symbol index number of p * i + 3; wherein, i is 0 to
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000023
, M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword.
应理解,图10所示通信设备1000可由图9所示的通信设备900实现。例如,接收单元1001所具有的信息接收功能,可由通信装置900中的接收器902实现,发送单元1003所具有的发送功能可由通信装置900中的发射器901实现,接收单元1001所具有的处理功能,以及处理单元1002所具有的处理功能可由控制器/处理器903实现。存储单元1004的功能可由存储器803实现。通信设备1000的以上实现方式仅仅是举例说明,不应理解为对通信设备1000的实现方式的限制。It should be understood that the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 may be implemented by the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9. For example, the information receiving function of the receiving unit 1001 can be realized by the receiver 902 in the communication device 900, the transmission function of the transmitting unit 1003 can be realized by the transmitter 901 in the communication device 900, and the processing function of the receiving unit 1001 And the processing function possessed by the processing unit 1002 can be realized by the controller / processor 903. The function of the storage unit 1004 can be realized by the memory 803. The above implementation of the communication device 1000 is merely an example, and should not be construed as a limitation on the implementation of the communication device 1000.
如图11所示,本申请实施例提供的令一种模块化的通信装置1100。若通信装置1100为网络设备,通信装置1100可用于执行本申请实施例提供的网络设备102的功能。通信装置1100可包括发送单元1101、存储单元1102。另外,通信装置1100还可包括接收单元1103,用于接收本申请实施例中终端设备101发送的信息,如第一通知信息、HARQ信息等。通信装置1100还可包括处理单元1104,用于实现网络设备102的处理功能。As shown in FIG. 11, a modular communication device 1100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. If the communication device 1100 is a network device, the communication device 1100 may be used to perform the function of the network device 102 provided in the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1100 may include a transmission unit 1101, a storage unit 1102. In addition, the communication device 1100 may further include a receiving unit 1103, configured to receive information sent by the terminal device 101 in the embodiment of the present application, such as first notification information and HARQ information. The communication device 1100 may further include a processing unit 1104 for implementing the processing function of the network device 102.
具体的,发送单元1101可用于执行如图4中S101、S103和/或图4A中S101、S103a所示的步骤,和/或如图6中S201所示步骤。发送单元1101还可用于向终端设备101发送本申请所涉及的第二信息、第一配置信息、第三配置信息、第四配置信息、第五配置信息或者第六配置信息,或者以上多个信息之间的组合。所述接收单元1103,可用于执行如图6中S204所示的接收步骤,和/或用于接收本申请中终端设备101发送的HARQ信息。所述处理单元1104,可用于执行本身亲涉及网络设备102的处理过程和/或用于网络设备102执行的本申请所描述的技术的其他过程,例如,用于确定第一数量层的索引号和/或用于确定全部层的索引号。Specifically, the sending unit 1101 may be used to perform the steps shown in S101, S103 in FIG. 4 and / or S101, S103a in FIG. 4A, and / or the steps shown in S201 in FIG. The sending unit 1101 may be further configured to send the second information, first configuration information, third configuration information, fourth configuration information, fifth configuration information or sixth configuration information involved in the present application to the terminal device 101, or a plurality of the above information Between. The receiving unit 1103 may be used to perform the receiving step shown in S204 in FIG. 6 and / or to receive HARQ information sent by the terminal device 101 in this application. The processing unit 1104 may be used to perform a process related to the network device 102 itself and / or other processes used by the network device 102 to perform the technology described in this application, for example, to determine the index number of the first number layer And / or used to determine the index number of all layers.
示例性的,所述存储单元1102可用于存储程序指令;Exemplarily, the storage unit 1102 may be used to store program instructions;
所述发送单元1101,可用于发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,所述第一数量小于所述第一码字对应的全部层的数量,所述第一数量大于等于1的正整数,所述全部层的数量为大于等于2的正整数;The sending unit 1101 may be used to send first information, where the first information is used to indicate information of a first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the first number is less than all corresponding to the first codeword Number of layers, the first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and the number of all layers is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2;
所述发送单元1101,可用于发送所述第一码字,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述全部层,或者,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述第一数量的层。The sending unit 1101 may be used to send the first codeword, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to all layers, or all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to all Describe the first number of layers.
示例性的,所述发送单元1101还用于发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息。Exemplarily, the sending unit 1101 is further configured to send second information, the second information indicating information of a second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword.
示例性的,所述第一信息还用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者,Exemplarily, the first information is also used to indicate the information of all the layers; or,
所述发送单元1101还用于:The sending unit 1101 is also used to:
发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示多个全部层的信息,所述第一信息还用于指示所述多个全部层的信息中的一个全部层的信息;或者,Sending first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate the information of all the layers; or sending second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate the information of a plurality of all layers, the first information It is also used to indicate the information of one all layer in the plurality of information of all layers; or,
发送第二信息,所述全部层的信息包括所述第一数量的层的信息以及所述第二数量的层的信息。Sending second information, the information of all layers includes information of the first number of layers and information of the second number of layers.
示例性的,所述发送单元1101具体用于发送所述全部层的信息,所述全部层的信息用于指示所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号;以及用于根据所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,发送所述第一码字。Exemplarily, the sending unit 1101 is specifically configured to send information of all layers, and the information of all layers is used to indicate an index number of a layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped; and Sending the first codeword according to the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are respectively mapped.
示例性的,所述处理单元1104具体用于:Exemplarily, the processing unit 1104 is specifically configured to:
根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第一对应关系,确定所述 第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第一对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。Determine the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped respectively according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and the first correspondence, the first correspondence is Correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
示例性的,所述处理单元1104具体用于根据所述第一码字对应的所述第一数量的层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述发送单元具体用于根据所述处理单元确定的所述调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,发送所述第一码字。Exemplarily, the processing unit 1104 is specifically configured to determine the index number of the layer to which the modulation symbol corresponding to the first codeword is mapped according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, The sending unit is specifically configured to send the first codeword according to the index numbers of the layers respectively mapped by the modulation symbols determined by the processing unit.
示例性的,所述处理单元1104具体用于根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第二对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第二对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。Exemplarily, the processing unit 1104 is specifically configured to determine the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and the second corresponding relationship Index number, the second correspondence relationship is a correspondence relationship between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
示例性的,所述第一信息以及所述第二信息满足第一条件,所述第一条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:所述第一信息指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程标识与所述第二信息指示的HARQ进程标识相同;或者,所述第一信息指示的天线端口与所述第二信息指示的天线端口不同;或者,所述第一信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,与所述第二信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息不同;或者,所述第一信息包括的新数据指示信息NDI与所述第二信息包括的NDI相同;或者,所述第一信息包括的下行分配指示信息DAI与所述第二信息包括的DAI相同;或者,所述第一信息包括的码字指示信息与所述第二信息包括的码字指示信息相同;或者,所述第一信息指示的时频域资源与所述第二信息指示的时频域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。Exemplarily, the first information and the second information satisfy a first condition, and the first condition includes at least one of the following conditions: the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process identifier and the location indicated by the first information The HARQ process identifier indicated by the second information is the same; or, the antenna port indicated by the first information is different from the antenna port indicated by the second information; or, the first codeword indicated by the first information corresponds to The first number of layers of information is different from the second number of layers of information corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the second information; or, the first information includes new data indicating information NDI and The NDI included in the second information is the same; or, the downlink allocation indication information DAI included in the first information is the same as the DAI included in the second information; or the codeword indication information included in the first information is the same as the The codeword indication information included in the second information is the same; or, the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information partially or completely overlap.
示例性的,所述发送单元1001还用于发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息、所述第一信息以及所述第二信息满足第二条件,所述第二条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:所述第三配置信息用于指示第一格式,所述第一信息的格式以及所述第二信息的格式均为所述第一格式;或者,所述第三配置信息用于指示第一RNTI,加扰所述第一信息的RNTI以及加扰所述第二信息的RNTI均为所述第一RNTI;或者,所述第三配置信息用于指示第一控制资源集合,所述第一信息所在的资源以及所述第二信息所在的资源均属于所述第一控制信息集合;或者,所述第三配置信息用于指示第一搜索空间,所述第一信息所在的搜索空间以及所述第二信息所在的搜索空间为所述第一搜索空间。Exemplarily, the sending unit 1001 is further configured to send third configuration information, where the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information satisfy a second condition, and the second condition includes the following conditions At least one of: the third configuration information is used to indicate a first format, the format of the first information and the format of the second information are both the first format; or, the third configuration information is used to Indicating the first RNTI, the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI; or, the third configuration information is used to indicate the first set of control resources, The resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first control information set; or, the third configuration information is used to indicate the first search space, the search where the first information is located The space and the search space where the second information is located are the first search space.
示例性的,所述第一数量为p,所述第一数量的层的信息包括层B 0、层B 1…以及层B p-1,其中B 0、B 1…以及B p-1为层的索引号,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括的调制符号集合的数量为p,所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系包括:当p为1,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到层B 0;或者, Exemplarily, the first number is p, and the information of the first number of layers includes layer B 0 , layer B 1 ..., and layer B p-1 , where B 0 , B 1 ..., and B p-1 are The index number of the layer, the number of modulation symbol sets included in all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword is p, and each modulation symbol set in the all modulation symbols and the index of the layer included in the information of all layers The corresponding relationship of the numbers includes: when p is 1, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to layer B 0 ; or,
当p为2,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合和第二调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1;或者,当p为3,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合和第三调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,第三调制符号集合中的调 制符号的索引号为p*i+2;或者,当p为4,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合、第三调制符号集合和第四调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 3,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+3;其中,i为0到
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000024
的整数,M为所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量。
When p is 2, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set and a second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the first The index number of the modulation symbol in the modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i +1; or, when p is 3, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set, a second modulation symbol set, and a third modulation symbol set, and the modulation in the first modulation symbol set The symbol is mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , the second modulation symbol set The index number of the modulation symbol in is p * i + 1, the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 2 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is p * i + 2; Or, when p is 4, the full code corresponding to the first codeword Modulation symbol comprises a first set of modulation symbols, the second set of modulation symbols, a third set of modulation symbols and the fourth modulation symbol set, mapping the modulation symbols in the first set of modulation symbols into a layer B 0, the first modulation symbol The index number of the modulation symbol in the set is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i + 1 , The modulation symbols in the third modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 2 , the index number of the modulation symbols in the third modulation symbol set is p * i + 2, and the modulation symbols in the fourth modulation symbol set Mapped to layer B 3 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the fourth modulation symbol set is p * i + 3; where, i is from 0 to
Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-000024
, M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword.
应理解,如图11所示的通信设备1100可由图8所示的通信设备800实现。例如,接收单元1103所具有的接收功能以及发送单元1101所具有的发送功能,可由通信装置800中的发射器/接收器801实现,处理单元1104所具有的处理功能可由控制器/处理器802实现。存储单元1103的功能可由存储器803实现。通信设备1100的以上实现方式仅仅是举例说明,不应理解为对通信设备1000的实现方式的限制。It should be understood that the communication device 1100 shown in FIG. 11 may be implemented by the communication device 800 shown in FIG. 8. For example, the receiving function of the receiving unit 1103 and the sending function of the transmitting unit 1101 can be implemented by the transmitter / receiver 801 in the communication device 800, and the processing function of the processing unit 1104 can be implemented by the controller / processor 802 . The function of the storage unit 1103 can be realized by the memory 803. The above implementation of the communication device 1100 is merely an example, and should not be construed as a limitation on the implementation of the communication device 1000.
应理解,本申请实施例中提及的处理器(如处理器801)可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor (such as the processor 801) mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general-purpose processors and digital signal processors (DSP). ), Application specific integrated circuit (application) specific integrated circuit (ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中提及的存储器(如存储器803)可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-Only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable rOM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory (such as the memory 803) mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically Erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be a random access memory (random access memory, RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of example but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous RAM), SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And direct memory bus random access memory (direct RAMbus RAM, DR RAM).
本文描述的存储器、存储单元包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。The memories and storage units described herein include but are not limited to these and any other suitable types of memories.
基于与上述方法实施例相同构思,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有一些指令,这些指令被调用执行时,可以使得第一设备或第二设备执行上述方法实施例、方法实施例的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能。本申请实施例中,对可读存储介质不做限定,例如,可以是RAM(random-access memory,随机存取存储器)、ROM(read-only memory,只读存储器)等。Based on the same concept as the above method embodiment, an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which some instructions are stored, and when these instructions are called and executed, the first device or the second device may execute the above method The functions involved in any possible design of the embodiments and method embodiments. In the embodiment of the present application, the readable storage medium is not limited, for example, it may be RAM (random-access memory), ROM (read-only memory).
基于与上述方法实施例相同构思,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品被计算机运行时,可以使得第一设备或第二设备执行上述方法实施例、方法实施例的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能。Based on the same concept as the above method embodiments, embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which can cause the first device or the second device to execute the above method embodiments and method implementation when the computer program product is run by a computer Examples of the functions involved in any possible design.
基于与上述方法实施例相同构思,本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片,该芯片可以与收发器耦合,用于第一设备或第二设备实现上述方法实施例、方法实施例的任意一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能。Based on the same concept as the above method embodiment, an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, which can be coupled to a transceiver and used by a first device or a second device to implement any of the above method embodiments and method embodiments Possible functions involved in the design.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art should understand that the embodiments of the present application may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, the present application may take the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer usable program code.

Claims (42)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it includes:
    终端设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,所述第一数量小于所述第一码字对应的全部层的数量,所述第一数量为大于等于1的正整数,所述全部层的数量为大于等于2的正整数;The terminal device receives first information, which is used to indicate information of a first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the first number is less than the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword. The first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and the number of all layers is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2;
    所述终端设备确定所述全部层的信息,根据所述全部层的信息,接收所述第一码字,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述全部层;或者,The terminal device determines the information of all layers, and receives the first codeword according to the information of all layers, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the all layers; or,
    所述终端设备根据所述第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,接收所述第一码字,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述第一数量的层。The terminal device receives the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number of layers.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备确定所述全部层的信息,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal device determining the information of all layers includes:
    所述终端设备接收第一配置信息,根据所述第一配置信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者,Receiving, by the terminal device, first configuration information, and determining information of all layers according to the first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate information of all layers; or,
    所述终端设备根据所述第一信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第一信息还用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者,The terminal device determines the information of all layers according to the first information, and the first information is also used to indicate the information of all layers; or,
    所述终端设备接收第二配置信息,根据所述第一信息和所述第二配置信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示多个全部层的信息,所述第一信息还用于指示所述多个全部层的信息中的一个全部层的信息;或者,The terminal device receives second configuration information, and determines the information of all layers according to the first information and the second configuration information. The second configuration information is used to indicate information of a plurality of all layers. A piece of information is also used to indicate information of one all layer in the plurality of all layer information; or,
    所述终端设备接收第二信息,根据所述第一信息以及所述第二信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息,所述全部层的信息包括所述第一数量的层的信息以及所述第二数量的层的信息。The terminal device receives second information, determines the information of all layers according to the first information and the second information, and the second information is used to indicate a second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword Information of the entire layer includes information of the first number of layers and information of the second number of layers.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述全部层的信息,接收所述第一码字,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述全部层,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the terminal device receives the first codeword according to the information of all layers, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the All layers, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述全部层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号;The terminal device determines the index numbers of the layers to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the information of all the layers;
    所述终端设备根据所述全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,接收所述第一码字。The terminal device receives the first codeword according to the index number of the layer to which all the modulation symbols are separately mapped.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述全部层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the terminal device determines the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped based on the information of the all layers, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第一对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第一对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。The terminal device determines an index number of a layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped respectively according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and the first correspondence, the first correspondence The relationship is the correspondence between each modulation symbol set in the all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  5. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述全部层的信息,接收所述第一码字,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述第一数量的层,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the terminal device receives the first codeword according to the information of all layers, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the The first number of layers includes:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一码字对应的所述第一数量的层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的调制符号分别映射的层的索引号;The terminal device determines, according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, the index numbers of the layers to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are respectively mapped;
    所述终端设备根据所述全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,接收所述第一码字。The terminal device receives the first codeword according to the index number of the layer to which all the modulation symbols are separately mapped.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第一码字对应的 所述第一数量的层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the terminal device determines, according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, that modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are respectively mapped The index number of the layer, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第二对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第二对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。The terminal device determines an index number of a layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped respectively according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and a second correspondence, and the second correspondence The relationship is the correspondence between each modulation symbol set in the all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  7. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息以及所述第二信息满足第一条件,所述第一条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:The method of claim 2, wherein the first information and the second information satisfy a first condition, and the first condition includes at least one of the following conditions:
    所述第一信息指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程标识与所述第二信息指示的HARQ进程标识相同;或者,The HARQ process ID of the hybrid automatic repeat request indicated by the first information is the same as the HARQ process ID indicated by the second information; or,
    所述第一信息指示的天线端口与所述第二信息指示的天线端口不同;或者,The antenna port indicated by the first information is different from the antenna port indicated by the second information; or,
    所述第一信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,与所述第二信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息不同;或者,The information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the first information is different from the information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the second information; or,
    所述第一信息包括的新数据指示信息NDI与所述第二信息包括的NDI相同;或者,The new data indication information NDI included in the first information is the same as the NDI included in the second information; or,
    所述第一信息包括的下行分配指示信息DAI与所述第二信息包括的DAI相同;或者,The downlink allocation indication information DAI included in the first information is the same as the DAI included in the second information; or,
    所述第一信息包括的码字指示信息与所述第二信息包括的码字指示信息相同;或者,The codeword indication information included in the first information is the same as the codeword indication information included in the second information; or,
    所述第一信息指示的时频域资源与所述第二信息指示的时频域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。The time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information partially overlap or completely overlap.
  8. 如权利要求2或7所述的方法,其特征在于,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 2 or 7, further comprising:
    所述终端设备接收第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息、所述第一信息以及所述第二信息满足第二条件,所述第二条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:The terminal device receives third configuration information, and the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information satisfy a second condition, and the second condition includes at least one of the following conditions:
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一格式,所述第一信息的格式以及所述第二信息的格式均为所述第一格式;或者,The third configuration information is used to indicate a first format, the format of the first information and the format of the second information are both the first format; or,
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一无线网络标识RNTI,加扰所述第一信息的RNTI以及加扰所述第二信息的RNTI均为所述第一RNTI;或者,The third configuration information is used to indicate the first wireless network identity RNTI, the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI; or,
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一控制资源集合,所述第一信息所在的资源以及所述第二信息所在的资源均属于所述第一控制资源集合;或者,The third configuration information is used to indicate a first set of control resources, and the resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first set of control resources; or,
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一搜索空间,所述第一信息所在的搜索空间以及所述第二信息所在的搜索空间为所述第一搜索空间。The third configuration information is used to indicate a first search space, and the search space where the first information is located and the search space where the second information is located are the first search space.
  9. 如权利要求1-8任一项权利要求所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数量为p,所述第一数量的层的信息包括层B 0、层B 1…以及层B p-1,其中B 0、B 1…以及B p-1为层的索引号,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括的调制符号集合的数量为p,所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系包括: The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the first number is p, and the information of the first number of layers includes layer B 0 , layer B 1 ..., and layer B p -1 , where B 0 , B 1 ... And B p-1 are the layer index numbers, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include the number of modulation symbol sets p, and each of the all modulation symbols The correspondence between the set of modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers includes:
    当p为1,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到层B 0;或者, When p is 1, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to layer B 0 ; or,
    当p为2,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合和第二调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1;或者, When p is 2, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set and a second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the first The index number of the modulation symbol in the modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i +1; or,
    当p为3,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合和第三调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调 制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,第三调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2;或者, When p is 3, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set, a second modulation symbol set, and a third modulation symbol set, and the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set The index number is p * i + 1, the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 2 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is p * i + 2; or,
    当p为4,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合、第三调制符号集合和第四调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 3,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+3; When p is 4, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set, a second modulation symbol set, a third modulation symbol set, and a fourth modulation symbol set. The modulation symbols are mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 1 , the second modulation symbol The index number of the modulation symbol in the set is p * i + 1, the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 2 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is p * i +2, the modulation symbols in the fourth modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 3 , and the index number of the modulation symbols in the fourth modulation symbol set is p * i + 3;
    其中,i为0到
    Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-100001
    的整数,M为所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量。
    Where i is from 0 to
    Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-100001
    , M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword.
  10. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it includes:
    网络设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,所述第一数量小于所述第一码字对应的全部层的数量,所述第一数量大于等于1的正整数,所述全部层的数量为大于等于2的正整数;The network device sends first information that is used to indicate information of a first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, the first number is less than the number of all layers corresponding to the first codeword, the The first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and the number of all layers is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2;
    所述网络设备发送所述第一码字,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述全部层,或者,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述第一数量的层。The network device sends the first codeword, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the all layers, or all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number Layer.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 10, further comprising:
    所述网络设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息。The network device sends second information indicating the second number of layers of information corresponding to the first codeword.
  12. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 10, further comprising:
    所述网络设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者,The network device sends first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the information of all layers; or,
    所述第一信息还用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者,The first information is also used to indicate information of all the layers; or,
    所述网络设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示多个全部层的信息,所述第一信息还用于指示所述多个全部层的信息中的一个全部层的信息;或者,The network device sends second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate information of a plurality of all layers, and the first information is also used to indicate information of one all layer of the plurality of all layer information ;or,
    所述网络设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息,所述全部层的信息包括所述第一数量的层的信息以及所述第二数量的层的信息。The network device sends second information indicating the information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the information of all layers includes the information of the first number of layers and the Information about the second number of layers.
  13. 如权利要求10-12任一项权利要求所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备发送所述第一码字,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述全部层,包括:The method according to any one of claims 10-12, wherein the network device sends the first codeword, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the all layers, include:
    所述网络设备发送所述全部层的信息,所述全部层的信息用于指示所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号;The network device sends the information of all layers, and the information of all layers is used to indicate an index number of a layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped;
    所述网络设备根据所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,发送所述第一码字。The network device sends the first codeword according to the index numbers of layers to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备根据以下方法确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号:The method according to claim 13, wherein the network device determines the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the following method:
    所述网络设备根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第一对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第一对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对 应关系。The network device determines the index number of the layer to which all the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and the first correspondence, the first correspondence The relationship is the correspondence between each modulation symbol set in the all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  15. 如权利要求10-12任一项权利要求所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备发送所述第一码字,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述第一数量的层,包括:The method according to any one of claims 10-12, wherein the network device sends the first codeword, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number The layers include:
    所述网络设备根据所述第一码字对应的所述第一数量的层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的调制符号分别映射的层的索引号;The network device determines, according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, the index numbers of the layers to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are respectively mapped;
    所述网络设备根据所述全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,发送所述第一码字。The network device sends the first codeword according to the index numbers of the layers to which all the modulation symbols are separately mapped.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备根据所述第一码字对应的所述第一数量的层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the network device determines that the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are respectively mapped according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword The index number of the layer, including:
    所述网络设备根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第二对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第二对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。The network device determines an index number of a layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and a second correspondence, and the second correspondence The relationship is the correspondence between each modulation symbol set in the all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  17. 如权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息以及所述第二信息满足第一条件,所述第一条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the first information and the second information satisfy a first condition, and the first condition includes at least one of the following conditions:
    所述第一信息指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程标识与所述第二信息指示的HARQ进程标识相同;或者,The HARQ process ID of the hybrid automatic repeat request indicated by the first information is the same as the HARQ process ID indicated by the second information; or,
    所述第一信息指示的天线端口与所述第二信息指示的天线端口不同;或者,The antenna port indicated by the first information is different from the antenna port indicated by the second information; or,
    所述第一信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,与所述第二信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息不同;或者,The information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the first information is different from the information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the second information; or,
    所述第一信息包括的新数据指示信息NDI与所述第二信息包括的NDI相同;或者,The new data indication information NDI included in the first information is the same as the NDI included in the second information; or,
    所述第一信息包括的下行分配指示信息DAI与所述第二信息包括的DAI相同;或者,The downlink allocation indication information DAI included in the first information is the same as the DAI included in the second information; or,
    所述第一信息包括的码字指示信息与所述第二信息包括的码字指示信息相同;或者,The codeword indication information included in the first information is the same as the codeword indication information included in the second information; or,
    所述第一信息指示的时频域资源与所述第二信息指示的时频域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。The time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information partially overlap or completely overlap.
  18. 如权利要求11、12、17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11, 12, and 17, further comprising:
    所述网络设备发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息、所述第一信息以及所述第二信息满足第二条件,所述第二条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:The network device sends third configuration information, the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information satisfy a second condition, and the second condition includes at least one of the following conditions:
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一格式,所述第一信息的格式以及所述第二信息的格式均为所述第一格式;或者,The third configuration information is used to indicate a first format, the format of the first information and the format of the second information are both the first format; or,
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一RNTI,加扰所述第一信息的RNTI以及加扰所述第二信息的RNTI均为所述第一RNTI;或者,The third configuration information is used to indicate the first RNTI, the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI; or,
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一控制资源集合,所述第一信息所在的资源以及所述第二信息所在的资源均属于所述第一控制信息集合;或者,The third configuration information is used to indicate a first control resource set, and the resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first control information set; or,
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一搜索空间,所述第一信息所在的搜索空间以及所述第二信息所在的搜索空间为所述第一搜索空间。The third configuration information is used to indicate a first search space, and the search space where the first information is located and the search space where the second information is located are the first search space.
  19. 如权利要求10-18任一项权利要求所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数量为p,所述第一数量的层的信息包括层B 0、层B 1…以及层B p-1,其中B 0、B 1…以及B p-1为层的索引号,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括的调制符号集合的数量为p,所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系包括: The method according to any one of claims 10 to 18, wherein the first number is p, and the information of the first number of layers includes layer B 0 , layer B 1 ..., and layer B p -1 , where B 0 , B 1 ... And B p-1 are the layer index numbers, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include the number of modulation symbol sets p, and each of the all modulation symbols The correspondence between the set of modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers includes:
    当p为1,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到层B 0;或者, When p is 1, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to layer B 0 ; or,
    当p为2,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合和第二调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1;或者, When p is 2, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set and a second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the first The index number of the modulation symbol in the modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i +1; or,
    当p为3,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合和第三调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,第三调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2;或者, When p is 3, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set, a second modulation symbol set, and a third modulation symbol set, and the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set The index number is p * i + 1, the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 2 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is p * i + 2; or,
    当p为4,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合、第三调制符号集合和第四调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 3,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+3; When p is 4, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set, a second modulation symbol set, a third modulation symbol set, and a fourth modulation symbol set. The modulation symbols are mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 1 , the second modulation symbol The index number of the modulation symbol in the set is p * i + 1, the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 2 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is p * i +2, the modulation symbols in the fourth modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 3 , and the index number of the modulation symbols in the fourth modulation symbol set is p * i + 3;
    其中,i为0到
    Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-100002
    的整数,M为所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量。
    Where i is from 0 to
    Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-100002
    , M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword.
  20. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括存储单元、接收单元与处理单元:A communication device is characterized by comprising a storage unit, a receiving unit and a processing unit:
    所述存储单元,用于存储程序指令;The storage unit is used to store program instructions;
    所述接收单元,用于接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,所述第一数量小于所述第一码字对应的全部层的数量,所述第一数量为大于等于1的正整数,所述全部层的数量为大于等于2的正整数;The receiving unit is configured to receive first information used to indicate information of a first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, the first number being less than all layers corresponding to the first codeword The number of the first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and the number of all layers is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2;
    所述接收单元,用于根据所述第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,接收所述第一码字,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述第一数量的层;或者,The receiving unit is configured to receive the first codeword according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the first number Layer; or,
    所述处理单元,用于确定所述全部层的信息;The processing unit is used to determine the information of all the layers;
    所述接收单元,用于根据所述处理单元确定的所述全部层的信息,接收所述第一码字,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述全部层。The receiving unit is configured to receive the first codeword according to the information of all layers determined by the processing unit, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the all layers.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 20, wherein
    所述接收单元还用于接收第一配置信息;所述处理单元具体用于根据所述接收单元所接收的所述第一配置信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者,The receiving unit is further configured to receive first configuration information; the processing unit is specifically configured to determine information of all layers according to the first configuration information received by the receiving unit, and the first configuration information is used to Information indicating all the layers; or,
    所述处理单元具体用于根据所述第一信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第一信息还用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者,The processing unit is specifically configured to determine the information of the all layers according to the first information, and the first information is also used to indicate the information of the all layers; or,
    所述接收单元还用于接收第二配置信息,所述处理单元用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述第一信息和所述第二配置信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示多个全部层的信息,所述第一信息还用于指示所述多个全部层的信息中的一个全部层的信息;或者,The receiving unit is further configured to receive second configuration information, and the processing unit is configured to determine the information of all layers according to the first information and the second configuration information received by the receiving unit, the second The configuration information is used to indicate information of a plurality of all layers, and the first information is also used to indicate information of one all layer of the information of the plurality of all layers; or,
    所述接收单元还用于接收所述第二信息,所述处理单元用于根据所述接收单元所接收 的所述第一信息以及所述第二信息确定所述全部层的信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息,所述全部层的信息包括所述第一数量的层的信息以及所述第二数量的层的信息。The receiving unit is further configured to receive the second information, and the processing unit is configured to determine the information of all layers according to the first information and the second information received by the receiving unit, the first The second information is used to indicate information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the information of all layers includes information of the first number of layers and information of the second number of layers.
  22. 如权利要求20或21所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 20 or 21, characterized in that
    所述处理单元具体用于:根据所述全部层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号;The processing unit is specifically configured to: according to the information of all layers, determine an index number of a layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped;
    所述接收单元具体用于根据所述处理单元确定的所述全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,接收所述第一码字。The receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first codeword according to the index number of the layer to which all the modulation symbols determined by the processing unit are respectively mapped.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元具体用于根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第一对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第一对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。The apparatus according to claim 22, wherein the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the corresponding to the first codeword according to the modulation symbol set and the first correspondence between the modulation symbols in all the modulation symbols The index numbers of the layers to which all modulation symbols are mapped respectively. The first correspondence is the correspondence between each modulation symbol set in the all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  24. 如权利要求20或21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元具体用于根据所述第一码字对应的所述第一数量的层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的调制符号分别映射的层的索引号;The apparatus according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the processing unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, the corresponding The index number of the layer to which the modulation symbols are mapped separately;
    所述接收单元具体用于根据所述处理单元确定的所述第一码字对应的调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,接收所述第一码字。The receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first codeword according to the index number of the layer to which the modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword respectively determined by the processing unit are mapped.
  25. 如权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元具体用于根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第二对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第二对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。The apparatus according to claim 24, wherein the processing unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the modulation symbol set and the second correspondence between the modulation symbols in all the modulation symbols, the corresponding The index numbers of the layers to which all modulation symbols are mapped respectively, and the second correspondence is the correspondence between each modulation symbol set in the all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  26. 如权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息以及所述第二信息满足第一条件,所述第一条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:The apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the first information and the second information satisfy a first condition, and the first condition includes at least one of the following conditions:
    所述第一信息指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程标识与所述第二信息指示的HARQ进程标识相同;或者,The HARQ process ID of the hybrid automatic repeat request indicated by the first information is the same as the HARQ process ID indicated by the second information; or,
    所述第一信息指示的天线端口与所述第二信息指示的天线端口不同;或者,The antenna port indicated by the first information is different from the antenna port indicated by the second information; or,
    所述第一信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,与所述第二信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息不同;或者,The information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the first information is different from the information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the second information; or,
    所述第一信息包括的新数据指示信息NDI与所述第二信息包括的NDI相同;或者,The new data indication information NDI included in the first information is the same as the NDI included in the second information; or,
    所述第一信息包括的下行分配指示信息DAI与所述第二信息包括的DAI相同;或者,The downlink allocation indication information DAI included in the first information is the same as the DAI included in the second information; or,
    所述第一信息包括的码字指示信息与所述第二信息包括的码字指示信息相同;或者,The codeword indication information included in the first information is the same as the codeword indication information included in the second information; or,
    所述第一信息指示的时频域资源与所述第二信息指示的时频域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。The time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information partially overlap or completely overlap.
  27. 如权利要求21或26所述的装置,其特征在于,其特征在于,所述接收单元还用于接收第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息、所述第一信息以及所述第二信息满足第二条件,所述第二条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:The apparatus according to claim 21 or 26, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive third configuration information, the third configuration information, the first information, and the second information The second condition is satisfied, and the second condition includes at least one of the following conditions:
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一格式,所述第一信息的格式以及所述第二信息的格式均为所述第一格式;或者,The third configuration information is used to indicate a first format, the format of the first information and the format of the second information are both the first format; or,
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一无线网络标识RNTI,加扰所述第一信息的RNTI以及加扰所述第二信息的RNTI均为所述第一RNTI;或者,The third configuration information is used to indicate the first wireless network identity RNTI, the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI; or,
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一控制资源集合,所述第一信息所在的资源以及所述第二信息所在的资源均属于所述第一控制资源集合;或者,The third configuration information is used to indicate a first set of control resources, and the resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first set of control resources; or,
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一搜索空间,所述第一信息所在的搜索空间以及所述第二信息所在的搜索空间为所述第一搜索空间。The third configuration information is used to indicate a first search space, and the search space where the first information is located and the search space where the second information is located are the first search space.
  28. 如权利要求20-27任一项权利要求所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一数量为p,所述第一数量的层的信息包括层B 0、层B 1…以及层B p-1,其中B 0、B 1…以及B p-1为层的索引号,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括的调制符号集合的数量为p,所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系包括: The device according to any one of claims 20 to 27 , wherein the first number is p, and the information of the first number of layers includes layer B 0 , layer B 1 ..., and layer B p -1 , where B 0 , B 1 ... And B p-1 are the layer index numbers, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include the number of modulation symbol sets p, and each of the all modulation symbols The correspondence between the set of modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers includes:
    当p为1,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到层B 0;或者, When p is 1, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to layer B 0 ; or,
    当p为2,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合和第二调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1;或者, When p is 2, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set and a second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the first The index number of the modulation symbol in the modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i +1; or,
    当p为3,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合和第三调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,第三调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2;或者, When p is 3, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set, a second modulation symbol set, and a third modulation symbol set, and the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set The index number is p * i + 1, the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 2 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is p * i + 2; or,
    当p为4,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合、第三调制符号集合和第四调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 3,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+3; When p is 4, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set, a second modulation symbol set, a third modulation symbol set, and a fourth modulation symbol set. The modulation symbols are mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 1 , the second modulation symbol The index number of the modulation symbol in the set is p * i + 1, the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 2 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is p * i +2, the modulation symbols in the fourth modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 3 , and the index number of the modulation symbols in the fourth modulation symbol set is p * i + 3;
    其中,i为0到
    Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-100003
    的整数,M为所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量。
    Where i is from 0 to
    Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-100003
    , M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword.
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括存储单元和发送单元:A communication device, characterized in that it includes a storage unit and a sending unit:
    所述存储单元用于存储程序指令;The storage unit is used to store program instructions;
    所述发送单元,用于发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,所述第一数量小于所述第一码字对应的全部层的数量,所述第一数量大于等于1的正整数,所述全部层的数量为大于等于2的正整数;The sending unit is configured to send first information that is used to indicate information of a first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword, and the first number is less than all layers corresponding to the first codeword Number, the first number is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and the number of all layers is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2;
    所述发送单元,用于发送所述第一码字,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述全部层,或者,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到所述第一数量的层。The sending unit is configured to send the first codeword, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the all layers, or all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to the The first number of layers.
  30. 如权利要求29所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 29, wherein
    所述发送单元还用于发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息。The sending unit is further configured to send second information indicating the second number of layers of information corresponding to the first codeword.
  31. 如权利要求29所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 29, wherein
    所述第一信息还用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者,The first information is also used to indicate information of all the layers; or,
    所述发送单元还用于:The sending unit is also used to:
    发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示所述全部层的信息;或者,发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示多个全部层的信息,所述第一信息还用于指示所述多个全部层的信息中的一个全部层的信息;或者,Sending first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate the information of all layers; or, sending second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate information of a plurality of all layers, the first The information is also used to indicate the information of one all layer of the plurality of all layer information; or,
    发送第二信息,所述全部层的信息包括所述第一数量的层的信息以及所述第二数量的层的信息。Sending second information, the information of all layers includes information of the first number of layers and information of the second number of layers.
  32. 如权利要求29-31任一项权利要求所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元具体用于发送所述全部层的信息,所述全部层的信息用于指示所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号;以及用于根据所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,发送所述第一码字。The apparatus according to any one of claims 29 to 31, wherein the sending unit is specifically configured to send the information of all layers, and the information of all layers is used to indicate the first codeword An index number of a layer to which all corresponding modulation symbols are mapped; and an index number of a layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped, respectively, to send the first codeword.
  33. 如权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括处理单元,所述处理单元具体用于:The apparatus of claim 32, further comprising a processing unit, the processing unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第一对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第一对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。Determine the index number of the layer to which all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped respectively according to the modulation symbol set to which the modulation symbols in the all modulation symbols belong and the first correspondence, the first correspondence is Correspondence between each modulation symbol set in all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  34. 如权利要求29-31任一项权利要求所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括处理单元,所述处理单元具体用于根据所述第一码字对应的所述第一数量的层的信息,确定所述第一码字对应的调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述发送单元具体用于根据所述处理单元确定的所述调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,发送所述第一码字。The device according to any one of claims 29 to 31, further comprising a processing unit, the processing unit is specifically configured to use information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword To determine the index number of the layer to which the modulation symbol corresponding to the first codeword is mapped, and the sending unit is specifically configured to send the first number according to the index number of the layer to which the modulation symbol is mapped by the processing unit. A codeword.
  35. 如权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元具体用于根据所述全部调制符号中的调制符号属于的调制符号集合和第二对应关系,确定所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号分别映射的层的索引号,所述第二对应关系为所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系。The apparatus according to claim 34, wherein the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the corresponding to the first codeword according to the modulation symbol set and the second correspondence between the modulation symbols in all the modulation symbols The index numbers of the layers to which all modulation symbols are mapped respectively, and the second correspondence is the correspondence between each modulation symbol set in the all modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers.
  36. 如权利要求30或31所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息以及所述第二信息满足第一条件,所述第一条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:The apparatus according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the first information and the second information satisfy a first condition, and the first condition includes at least one of the following conditions:
    所述第一信息指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程标识与所述第二信息指示的HARQ进程标识相同;或者,The HARQ process ID of the hybrid automatic repeat request indicated by the first information is the same as the HARQ process ID indicated by the second information; or,
    所述第一信息指示的天线端口与所述第二信息指示的天线端口不同;或者,The antenna port indicated by the first information is different from the antenna port indicated by the second information; or,
    所述第一信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第一数量的层的信息,与所述第二信息指示的所述第一码字对应的第二数量的层的信息不同;或者,The information of the first number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the first information is different from the information of the second number of layers corresponding to the first codeword indicated by the second information; or,
    所述第一信息包括的新数据指示信息NDI与所述第二信息包括的NDI相同;或者,The new data indication information NDI included in the first information is the same as the NDI included in the second information; or,
    所述第一信息包括的下行分配指示信息DAI与所述第二信息包括的DAI相同;或者,The downlink allocation indication information DAI included in the first information is the same as the DAI included in the second information; or,
    所述第一信息包括的码字指示信息与所述第二信息包括的码字指示信息相同;或者,The codeword indication information included in the first information is the same as the codeword indication information included in the second information; or,
    所述第一信息指示的时频域资源与所述第二信息指示的时频域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。The time-frequency domain resource indicated by the first information and the time-frequency domain resource indicated by the second information partially overlap or completely overlap.
  37. 如权利要求30、31、36中任一项权利要求所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元还用于发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息、所述第一信息以及所述第二信息满足第二条件,所述第二条件包括以下条件中的至少一个:The apparatus according to any one of claims 30, 31, and 36, wherein the sending unit is further configured to send third configuration information, the third configuration information, the first information, and all The second information satisfies a second condition, and the second condition includes at least one of the following conditions:
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一格式,所述第一信息的格式以及所述第二信息的格式均为所述第一格式;或者,The third configuration information is used to indicate a first format, the format of the first information and the format of the second information are both the first format; or,
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一RNTI,加扰所述第一信息的RNTI以及加扰所述第二 信息的RNTI均为所述第一RNTI;或者,The third configuration information is used to indicate the first RNTI, the RNTI scrambling the first information and the RNTI scrambling the second information are both the first RNTI; or,
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一控制资源集合,所述第一信息所在的资源以及所述第二信息所在的资源均属于所述第一控制信息集合;或者,The third configuration information is used to indicate a first control resource set, and the resource where the first information is located and the resource where the second information is located belong to the first control information set; or,
    所述第三配置信息用于指示第一搜索空间,所述第一信息所在的搜索空间以及所述第二信息所在的搜索空间为所述第一搜索空间。The third configuration information is used to indicate a first search space, and the search space where the first information is located and the search space where the second information is located are the first search space.
  38. 如权利要求29-37任一项权利要求所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一数量为p,所述第一数量的层的信息包括层B 0、层B 1…以及层B p-1,其中B 0、B 1…以及B p-1为层的索引号,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括的调制符号集合的数量为p,所述全部调制符号中的每个调制符号集合与所述全部层的信息包含的层的索引号的对应关系包括: The device according to any one of claims 29 to 37, wherein the first number is p, and the information of the first number of layers includes layer B 0 , layer B 1 ..., and layer B p -1 , where B 0 , B 1 ... And B p-1 are the layer index numbers, and all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include the number of modulation symbol sets p, and each of the all modulation symbols The correspondence between the set of modulation symbols and the index number of the layer included in the information of all layers includes:
    当p为1,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号映射到层B 0;或者, When p is 1, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword are mapped to layer B 0 ; or,
    当p为2,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合和第二调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1;或者, When p is 2, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set and a second modulation symbol set, the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the first The index number of the modulation symbol in the modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is p * i +1; or,
    当p为3,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合和第三调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,第三调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2;或者, When p is 3, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set, a second modulation symbol set, and a third modulation symbol set, and the modulation symbols in the first modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 1 , the modulation symbol in the second modulation symbol set The index number is p * i + 1, the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 2 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is p * i + 2; or,
    当p为4,所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号包括第一调制符号集合、第二调制符号集合、第三调制符号集合和第四调制符号集合,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 0,所述第一调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 1,所述第二调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+1,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 2,所述第三调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+2,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号映射到层B 3,所述第四调制符号集合中的调制符号的索引号为p*i+3; When p is 4, all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword include a first modulation symbol set, a second modulation symbol set, a third modulation symbol set, and a fourth modulation symbol set. The modulation symbols are mapped to layer B 0 , the index number of the modulation symbol in the first modulation symbol set is p * i, the modulation symbols in the second modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 1 , the second modulation symbol The index number of the modulation symbol in the set is p * i + 1, the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is mapped to layer B 2 , and the index number of the modulation symbol in the third modulation symbol set is p * i +2, the modulation symbols in the fourth modulation symbol set are mapped to layer B 3 , and the index number of the modulation symbols in the fourth modulation symbol set is p * i + 3;
    其中,i为0到
    Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-100004
    的整数,M为所述第一码字对应的全部调制符号的数量。
    Where i is from 0 to
    Figure PCTCN2019109234-appb-100004
    , M is the number of all modulation symbols corresponding to the first codeword.
  39. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括权利要求20至28中任一项所述的装置和权利要求29至38中任一项所述的装置。A communication system characterized by comprising the device according to any one of claims 20 to 28 and the device according to any one of claims 29 to 38.
  40. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行权利要求10至19中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, comprising instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method of any one of claims 1 to 9, or causes the computer to execute the claims 10 to The method according to any one of 19.
  41. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行权利要求10至19中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product containing instructions, characterized in that when the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer program product is caused to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 9, or the computer is executed claim 10 to The method according to any one of 19.
  42. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片与收发器耦合,所述芯片用于执行如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,或者,所述芯片用于执行如权利要求10至19中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip is coupled to a transceiver, and the chip is used to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, or the chip is used to perform a method according to claims 10 to The method according to any one of 19.
PCT/CN2019/109234 2018-11-02 2019-09-29 Communication method and apparatus WO2020088185A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201811302948.7 2018-11-02
CN201811302948.7A CN111147205B (en) 2018-11-02 2018-11-02 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020088185A1 true WO2020088185A1 (en) 2020-05-07

Family

ID=70463458

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/109234 WO2020088185A1 (en) 2018-11-02 2019-09-29 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111147205B (en)
WO (1) WO2020088185A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103391621A (en) * 2012-05-11 2013-11-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for processing uplink demodulation reference signal
US20180020429A1 (en) * 2015-01-28 2018-01-18 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Terminal device, base station device, communication method, and integrated circuit
CN108024382A (en) * 2016-11-04 2018-05-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of transmission method of control information, device and communication node
CN108024355A (en) * 2016-11-04 2018-05-11 华为技术有限公司 A kind of indicating means of Downlink Control Information, device and communication system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103391621A (en) * 2012-05-11 2013-11-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for processing uplink demodulation reference signal
US20180020429A1 (en) * 2015-01-28 2018-01-18 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Terminal device, base station device, communication method, and integrated circuit
CN108024382A (en) * 2016-11-04 2018-05-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of transmission method of control information, device and communication node
CN108024355A (en) * 2016-11-04 2018-05-11 华为技术有限公司 A kind of indicating means of Downlink Control Information, device and communication system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111147205B (en) 2021-09-07
CN111147205A (en) 2020-05-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10805916B2 (en) Procedure, user equipment and base station for code block group based hybrid automatic repeat request process
US10631276B2 (en) Data transmission method, base station, and terminal device
AU2021204172B2 (en) Allocation of communication resources for control signals in the uplink
US10873437B2 (en) Systems and methods for frequency-division duplex transmission time interval operation
WO2019072074A1 (en) Harq-ack feedback codebook sending method, apparatus and device
TWI530144B (en) Method of handling communication operation and related communication device
US20230080507A1 (en) Method and device for determining uplink data and control signal transmission timing in wireless communication system
WO2017050078A1 (en) Method and device for sending and acquiring uplink control information
CN109672511B (en) PUCCH (physical uplink control channel) transmission method and user terminal
CN104285468A (en) Devices for sending and receiving feedback information
EP3748886B1 (en) Communication methods and apparatuses for harq-ack transmission and reception
US11902943B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
TW202017402A (en) Communication method and device for sidelink
TWI759507B (en) Transmission method, device and system for feedback response information
WO2019099383A1 (en) Procedure, user equipment and base station for code block group based hybrid automatic repeat request process
WO2018233705A1 (en) Data transmission method, data transmission feedback method, and related device
WO2020143813A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting information
WO2021081951A1 (en) Uplink transmission method and communication apparatus
US20220368505A1 (en) Data feedback method and apparatus
WO2018228553A1 (en) Data transmission method, network device and terminal device
WO2019095926A1 (en) Method and apparatus for sending acknowledge information
WO2021164603A1 (en) Resource indication method and apparatus for sidelink control information, and terminal device
WO2020088185A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020057421A1 (en) Resource scheduling method and apparatus
WO2021035541A1 (en) Data transmission method and related device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19880450

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19880450

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1